Clipped: Your Podcast Toolkit For Podcast Resources, Growth, and Monetization: Recent Episodes

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

What if your podcast could run like a real business—not just a weekly upload?

In this episode, we talk with the founder of podup, a platform designed to simplify everything from recording to growth and monetization. After building and exiting multiple companies, he saw how fragmented podcasting had become—and built podup to bring it all under one roof.

We get into what’s actually working right now when it comes to growing a podcast, why most creators burn out, and how to think beyond just audio episodes.

You’ll learn:

• Why most podcasts stall (and how to fix it)
• The shift from podcast → full content engine
• How podup replaces dozens of tools
• Monetization strategies that go beyond ads
• Why recurring revenue matters more than downloads
• The role of AI in speeding up production without losing quality

If you’re trying to grow, monetize, or streamline your podcast workflow, this episode will give you a clearer path forward.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Walter Gainer on building a content engine, making B2B content more creative, and why consistency matters more than doing everything manually.

In this episode, Eric sits down with Walter Gainer to talk about content systems, podcast growth, creator strategy, video-first production, and what it really takes to stay relevant in a fast-changing media landscape.

Walter shares his journey from aspiring college athlete to podcast producer, content strategist, and media professional working across entertainment, branded content, and creator partnerships. The conversation explores the realities of building in public, evolving from technical execution into creative direction, and learning how to turn one idea into many pieces of content without burning out.

If you are a podcaster, creator, marketer, or business owner trying to grow your brand through content, this episode is packed with practical perspective. You will learn why creative risk matters, how great clips are really made, what AI can and cannot replace, and why the future belongs to people who can build smart systems instead of relying on constant hustle.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

•How Walter Gainer built his career across podcasting, media, content strategy, and creator marketing

•Why the best B2B content is becoming more creative, human, and entertaining

•What separates average clips from short-form content that actually performs

•How to think about AI tools without losing the human edge in storytelling

•Why rest, pacing, and long-term consistency matter for creators and podcasters

•What podcast monetization looks like across audio, video, YouTube, Spotify, and Apple

•How creators can build systems that turn one recording into many assets

Key takeaways from Walter Gainer

Walter explains that content growth is no longer just about producing more. It is about building a repeatable system. He also makes the case that creators and brands alike need to move beyond safe, overly polished content if they want to stand out. One of the strongest themes in this episode is that creative strategy, narrative instinct, and human judgment still matter, even as automation tools become more powerful.

Another major takeaway is Walter’s mindset around sustainability. Instead of chasing constant output, he talks about returning to podcasting with more patience, better pacing, and a healthier relationship with ambition. That perspective makes this conversation especially valuable for anyone feeling pressure to publish more, do more, and be everywhere at once.

About Walter Gainer

Walter Gainer II is a content strategist, producer, and media professional based in Atlanta. He works with Urban One, Inc. and has built a career helping creators, brands, and media companies tell better stories through podcasts, video, and digital content. He is also the founder of Boss Locks Media and the creator of projects centered on storytelling, identity, professionalism, and visibility.

Connect with Walter Gainer

•LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/waltergainerii/

•Boss Locks Media: https://bosslocksmedia.com/author-bio/walter-gainer-ii

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/itsthegreatwalt/

Why you should listen

If you want to build a stronger content strategy, create better podcast clips, understand where creator media is heading, or learn how to build a real content engine around your work, this episode will give you ideas you can apply immediately.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Eric sits down with Jess, founder of Model Citizen, a creative branding agency specializing in custom merch, apparel, and e-commerce experiences. With over 20 years of entrepreneurial experience and nearly a decade in the promotional branding space, Jess shares how he transitioned from working behind the scenes executing others’ visions to building something fully his own—where creativity, control, and long-term vision finally align.

In this episode, they break down the realities of running a modern creative business—from landing clients through relationships and referrals to navigating the shift into direct-to-consumer with his new retail concept, Creature Comforts. Jess also opens up about the challenges of balancing business growth, content creation, and family life, while staying authentic in a world that constantly demands attention online.

In This Episode:

• What Model Citizen is and how it evolved into a full creative branding agency
• The shift from working under others to owning the creative process
• How custom merch and print-on-demand are changing the industry
• Why word-of-mouth and relationships still drive most business
• The move from B2B services into B2C retail with Creature Comforts
• The challenges of building a brand without an existing audience
• Social media burnout—and learning to re-engage with it intentionally
• Why most print-on-demand merch quality falls short (and how to fix it)
• Balancing content creation with actually running a business
• Starting a podcast vs. just feeding the content machine
• Parenting, entrepreneurship, and the reality of time constraints
• Building something authentic instead of chasing trends

🔗 Connect with Jess & Model Citizen

• Model Citizen: https://modelcitizenbrands.com
• Creature Comforts Shop: shop.modelcitizenbrands.com

🎧 Final Thoughts

This episode is a real look at what it actually takes to build something from the ground up—especially later in life with more responsibilities. From creative fulfillment to operational pressure, Jess breaks down the trade-offs, the wins, and the mindset required to keep going.

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

What if never getting a real job was actually the smartest career move you could make?

In this episode, Jess Thibodeau shares how he went from managing independent bands to building a career as an entrepreneur—without ever following the traditional 9–5 path.

From the early 2000s music scene and the chaos of the Napster era, to launching multiple businesses and reinventing himself along the way, this is a real conversation about what it takes to build something on your own terms.

If you’ve ever thought about being your own boss, working in the music industry, or creating a life outside the system, this episode breaks down what that actually looks like.

🔑 What We Cover

• How Jess got started as a music manager with no roadmap
• The realities of making money in the music industry
• Why most people don’t last in entrepreneurship
• Learning business through managing artists
• The mindset required to avoid the 9–5 path
• Building skills through necessity (design, marketing, branding)
• Why relationships matter more than opportunities

💡 Key Takeaways

• There is no perfect plan—momentum beats certainty
• The music industry rewards adaptability over credentials
• Being a music manager teaches real-world business fast
• Confidence is built through experience, not theory
• Strong relationships create long-term opportunities
• Freedom comes with trade-offs most people overlook

Connect With Jess:

• Model Citizen

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

📊 See exactly where your podcast can improve. Our FREE AI Podcast Analyzer reviews your content and delivers actionable insights to help you improve podcast SEO and increase discoverability.

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Eric sits down with Megan (Meg the Creator) to talk about her journey from a traditional 9–5 in Southern Virginia to building multiple online income streams—without a massive following.

Megan shares how motherhood and a high-risk pregnancy during COVID pushed her to bet on herself, starting with virtual assisting and quickly scaling into consistent income. From there, she explores her pivots into UGC, Amazon Influencer, and TikTok Shop, including the unexpected story of a “messy” dry shampoo video that generated $60,000.

They break down what actually works right now—strong hooks, curiosity, volume, and consistency—plus the realities of burnout, parenting, and staying motivated as a creator.

In This Episode:

• Transitioning from 9–5 work to online income
• Getting started with UGC and TikTok Shop
• Beginner pricing and content volume strategies
• Amazon Influencer vs TikTok Shop
• Why curiosity drives watch time
• Staying consistent as a parent

Connect With Meg The Creator:

• Meg's Website
• Meg's Facebook Group
• Meg's YouTube

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

The 12 Days of Christmas series on Clipped wraps up the year with a creative reminder that often gets overlooked. Today is Day 1 of 12, the final episode of the year, and this episode focuses on why your content probably needs more music—for tone, vibe, and identity.

This episode is rooted in opinion and experience. As a musician, music has always stood out as one of the fastest ways to shape how a podcast or video feels. It creates emotion, builds atmosphere, and helps define the personality of a show before a single word is spoken.

🎥 Need B-Roll Fast? Riverside Can Help

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

🎧 Music Isn’t an Afterthought—It’s a Signal

Too many creators treat music like a last-minute decision. But your music choices can communicate a lot about you. Is your show more relaxed? High-energy? Thoughtful? Playful? Whatever you listen to in real life can inform the sound of your content.

🔊 Music, Sound Effects, and Flow

Beyond identity, music can serve practical purposes. It helps mark transitions between segments, smooths pacing, and can even help mask room noise or awkward silences. Beat-driven music, in particular, can help push dialogue forward, especially in solo episodes.

Some creators even run music quietly underneath longer solo sections, adding emotional texture and keeping the content feeling alive.

🎶 Accessible Music Options for Creators

You don’t need custom compositions or high-end production to get started. Subscription-based music libraries make it easy to license tracks legally and affordably. With a monthly subscription, you can use music beds, stingers, and transitions across your content without worrying about copyright issues.

📝 Your Assignment for the New Year

Start small. Pick one new music bed or short stinger and experiment. A stinger can be just a few seconds long—it doesn’t need to be fancy. The goal isn’t perfection, it’s intention.

Episode Takeaways:

• Music plays a major role in shaping tone, mood, and identity
• Good music instantly makes content feel more polished
• Consistent sound choices become part of your brand signature
• Music helps with transitions, pacing, and storytelling
• Beat-driven tracks can help drive dialogue forward
• Sound effects can clearly mark segment changes
• Licensed music subscriptions make things simple and affordable
• Intentional music choices matter more than fancy production

Day 1 is about intention. As you head into the new year, think about how music supports your story, your personality, and your brand.

Wishing you a great holiday season and a strong start to 2026. More interviews, more conversations, and more creative momentum ahead.

Links & Resources Mentioned (placeholders):

Epidemic Sound
Pond5
Storyblocks Music

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

The 12 Days of Christmas series on Clipped continues with a reality check that a lot of podcasters need to hear. Today is Day 2 of 12, and this episode focuses on why vertical short-form content won’t grow your podcast—but will grow you.

There’s a common misconception that Reels, TikToks, and YouTube Shorts directly translate into podcast downloads. In most cases, they don’t. The jump from seeing a short clip to opening a podcast app, searching for a show, and hitting follow is a long journey—and one that rarely happens.

But that doesn’t mean short-form video isn’t worth doing.

🎥 Need B-Roll Fast? Riverside Can Help

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

📱 What Vertical Video Actually Does

Vertical content builds visibility, credibility, and familiarity. Even if someone never listens to your podcast, they might recognize your face, remember your voice, or start to associate you with a specific topic or expertise.

🎥 Shorts Don’t Grow Podcasts—They Grow Brands

People might like your clip, follow you on social, or engage with your content without ever becoming a podcast listener. That’s normal. Shorts are optimized for reach, not long-form consumption.

🎬 What to Post Besides Podcast Clips

Yes, repurposing podcast clips is useful. But vertical content doesn’t have to be limited to your show. Behind-the-scenes moments, day-to-day work, your environment, or quick thoughts on your niche all help humanize your brand.

⏱️ Why Short-Form Is Hard (But Worth It)

Vertical video forces you to tell a complete story in 30 to 60 seconds. There needs to be a beginning, middle, and end—fast. That takes practice. But getting comfortable with short-form content is becoming a baseline skill for creators, even if your main platform is a podcast or YouTube.

Episode Takeaways:

• Vertical short-form content rarely leads directly to podcast downloads
• Shorts are better for visibility, reach, and brand recognition
• Social clips create touch points that build long-term trust
• People may follow you without ever following your podcast
• Short-form video helps position you as an expert faster
• Podcast clips are useful, but behind-the-scenes content matters too
• Personal moments make your brand feel more human
• One vertical video per week is a realistic commitment for 2026

Day 2 is about mindset. Don’t judge short-form content by podcast download numbers alone. Its real value is brand equity. People remember faces, voices, and personalities—and that recognition compounds over time.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

The 12 Days of Christmas series on Clipped continues with another practical reminder for creators who are overthinking their setup. Today is Day 3 of 12, and this episode focuses on shooting video with the camera you already have in your pocket: your iPhone.

If you’ve been waiting for the perfect camera, the perfect lens, or the perfect setup to start making video—this episode is your sign to stop waiting. Most creators didn’t start with expensive gear. They started with their phone. And for a lot of people, that phone is still doing the heavy lifting.

📱 Why Your iPhone Is More Than Enough

Your iPhone is already a powerful video camera. It shoots in 4K, handles low light better than ever, and produces footage that’s more than good enough for YouTube, Spotify video podcasts, TikTok, and every other major platform.

This episode is about removing the mental roadblocks around gear and reminding you that progress beats perfection. The fastest way to get better on camera is to start filming—now—not after another purchase.

🎥 Video Matters More Than Ever

As more AI tools enter the content space—AI voices, AI avatars, AI-generated everything—showing your real face becomes a differentiator. Video helps build trust, personality, and identity behind your brand. Whether it’s your podcast, your business, or your creative work, people connect with people.

🎬 One Simple iPhone Video Tip

Instead of using the selfie camera, try using the rear-facing camera for better image quality. The challenge, of course, is framing yourself when you can’t see the screen.

A simple solution: connect your iPhone to an external screen using a USB-C (or Lightning) to HDMI cable. This lets you see exactly what the camera sees so you can frame your shot properly—without guessing.

Episode Takeaways:

• Your iPhone is powerful enough to start creating high-quality video today
• Waiting for “perfect gear” is one of the biggest blockers for creators
• 4K iPhone video works great for YouTube, Spotify, and social platforms
• Video helps build identity and trust as AI content becomes more common
• Showing your face makes your brand more human and memorable
• Rear-facing cameras look better than selfie cameras on iPhones
• An external screen makes framing easy when using the rear camera
• Practice matters more than equipment—start now and improve as you go

Day 3 is all about momentum. Don’t let gear slow you down. Use what you already have, get your face on camera, and let your personality do the work. A little practice goes a long way.

Links & Gear Mentioned:

Riverside.fm – Co-Creator AI Tool - Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off
USB-C to HDMI Cable (iPhone)
Lightning to HDMI Cable (older iPhones)

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Che

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

The 12 Days of Christmas series on Clipped continues with another practical tip to help creators work faster without losing their voice. Today is Day 4 of 12, and this episode focuses on using AI as a starting point—not a replacement for your thinking.

AI tools are everywhere now, and most creators are already using them in some form. This episode explains how to use AI the right way: for outlines, drafts, research, and idea generation—while still keeping your personality, experience, and point of view front and center.

🤖 Where AI Helps (and Where It Hurts)

AI is great at speeding up the boring parts of content creation. But relying on it too heavily can lead to generic, forgettable content. The difference between “AI slop” and strong content is the human layer you add on top.

🎥 Need B-Roll Fast? Riverside Can Help

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

Episode Takeaways:

• Use AI for outlines, drafts, and idea generation—not final outputs
• AI is excellent for speeding up research and summarization
• Treat AI output as a rough first draft, not a finished product
• Editing and rewriting in your own voice is the real differentiator
• Not every AI suggestion is good—pick and choose what works
• Generic AI content blends in; personal insight makes content stand out
• AI can help with interview questions, but you don’t need to use all of them
• Let your experience and instincts guide the final version

Day 4 is about balance. Use AI to move faster, but don’t outsource your thinking. The creators who stand out are the ones who combine smart tools with a strong, human point of view.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

The 12 Days of Christmas series on Clipped continues with another practical tip designed to help creators stay consistent without burning out. Today is Day 5 of 12, and this episode focuses on building repeatable series and formats—one of the biggest differences between creators who last and creators who fade out.

This episode digs into why consistency in structure matters more than constantly chasing new ideas. Repeatable formats make your workflow easier, help your audience know what to expect, and make batching episodes far more efficient over time.

🎙️ Why Repeatable Series Work

Creators who stick around usually aren’t reinventing the wheel every episode. They have a clear format, predictable tone, and recognizable structure. That consistency builds trust with your audience and reduces the mental load of figuring out “what am I doing this week?”

🎥 Need AI B-Roll For Your Content?

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

Episode Takeaways:

• Repeatable formats reduce creative burnout and decision fatigue
• Consistency helps your audience know what to expect from episode to episode
• Batching becomes easier once your workflow and structure are locked in
• Your intro, tone, and delivery should feel familiar every time
• Series-based content (multi-part themes, topic weeks, or seasonal runs) keeps listeners engaged
• Mixing interviews and solo episodes is fine—just keep the structure consistent
• Jumping between unrelated topics can confuse listeners unless you already have a large, established audience
• Most creators benefit more from being predictable than trying to cover everything

Day 5 is all about creating systems that support long-term content creation. Lock in your format, simplify your workflow, and make it easier for both you—and your audience—to show up every week.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

The 12 Days of Christmas series on Clipped continues with another quick, practical tip to help creators stay consistent and speed up their editing workflow. Today is Day 6 of 12, and this episode focuses on building and maintaining a content (B-roll) folder—something every video podcaster, YouTuber, and creator should have.

This episode breaks down why a personal B-roll library makes content creation smoother, faster, and less stressful. Whether you’re filling gaps in an edit, adding visual texture, or covering a mistake, having reusable footage on hand gives you way more flexibility when producing videos.

📁 Why a Content Folder Matters

If you’re creating video regularly, you’ll eventually need cutaways—B-roll that adds context, pacing, or visual interest. That footage can come from your phone, your studio, AI tools, or stock libraries. The key is saving it once and reusing it later instead of starting from scratch every time.

🎥 Need B-Roll Fast? Riverside Can Help

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

Episode Takeaways:

• A B-roll or content folder saves time and reduces friction during editing
• Footage can come from your smartphone, studio sessions, behind-the-scenes clips, or gear shots
• Save stock clips or visuals you’ve already used—you’ll want them again
• AI-generated video (like Riverside’s tools or other platforms) is worth archiving for future edits
• Organizing by category or keyword makes footage easy to find when you need it
• B-roll helps smooth transitions, cover mistakes, and add visual energy to your videos
• Holiday downtime is a great chance to record extra footage and build your library

Day 6 is all about having content ready before you need it. Start saving now, and future-you will thank you.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

The 12 Days of Christmas series on Clipped continues with another quick, practical tip to help creators level up their content. Today is Day 7 of 12, and this episode focuses on better microphone technique—one of the easiest ways to dramatically improve your audio without buying new gear.

This episode is all about technique, not equipment. Good audio is expected now, whether you’re running an audio-only podcast or producing video content. Small adjustments in how and where you record can make a massive difference in how professional your show sounds.

🎙️ Why Mic Technique Matters

You can own a great microphone and still sound bad if your technique is off. Monitoring your audio in real time, adjusting mic placement, and paying attention to your recording environment all help ensure your voice stays clean, clear, and consistent.

🎥 Need B-Roll Fast? Riverside Can Help

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

Episode Takeaways:

• Always wear headphones to monitor your audio while recording
• Headphones help you hear mic distance issues, clipping, and background noise
• Adjust mic gain based on what you’re hearing in real time
• Slight off-axis mic placement reduces harsh plosives (“p” and “b” sounds)
• Noisy rooms require either relocation or better monitoring
• Room reflections can hurt audio more than mic quality
• Soft furnishings like carpets, couches, blankets, and pillows help absorb sound
• Acoustic treatment improves clarity but isn’t required to get started
• Testing different mic positions and recording locations pays off long-term

Day 7 is about making your existing gear sound its best. Focus on technique, dial in your environment, and test often—great audio doesn’t require expensive equipment, just attention to detail.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

The 12 Days of Christmas series on Clipped continues with another quick, practical tip to help creators streamline their workflow. Today is Day 8 of 12, and this episode focuses on using Riverside’s built-in editing tools to speed up post-production—especially if you’re not a full-time audio or video editor.

This episode highlights how Riverside’s AI-powered features can clean up recordings, tighten pacing, improve audio quality, and even help you build video content more efficiently. Whether you're brand-new or a seasoned producer, the platform offers simple, powerful tools that remove tedious steps from the editing process.

🎥 Need AI B-Roll For Your Content?

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

Episode Takeaways:

• Riverside’s editor lets you cut filler words (“um,” “uh,” etc.) with a single click.
• Silence removal helps tighten pacing, especially useful when guests pause before answering.
• Great for reducing breathing noises or background gaps on the non-speaking track.
• Built-in B-roll tools let you add images, memes, and AI-generated video instantly.
• Magic Audio boosts clarity and makes your voice sound polished and studio-ready.
• Useful for both beginners and pros—an easy way to speed up editing without complex software.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

The 12 Days of Christmas series on Clipped rolls on with another quick, actionable creator tip to help you simplify your workflow and improve your content. Today is Day 9 of 12, and this episode focuses on one of the easiest upgrades you can make to your video setup: better lighting.

This episode breaks down why you don’t need fancy gear to look polished on camera. A single softbox—or even a well-placed window—can dramatically improve your video quality and help your content feel more professional. The goal of this series is to give you one clear takeaway per day, and today’s is all about mastering simple lighting fundamentals.

🎥 Need AI B-Roll For Your Content?

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

Episode Takeaways:

• Lighting often matters more than the camera you’re using.
• A basic softbox ($40–$50) provides soft, flattering, natural-looking light.
• Keep your main light in front of you, not behind you.
• If you don’t have a light, face a window for clean, even illumination.
• Avoid backlighting, which blows out the background and shadows your face.
• Simple lighting choices instantly elevate production quality.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Eric continues the 12 Days of Christmas series on Clipped—12 quick tips to help creators sharpen their workflow and head into the new year with a stronger content system. Today is Day 10 of 12, and this episode focuses on creating a daily capture file so you never lose valuable ideas.

He breaks down why documenting ideas in the moment—whether through your Notes app, a Google Doc, or a quick voice memo—keeps inspiration from slipping away. Ideas show up unexpectedly, and capturing them consistently helps fuel content, interviews, digital products, hooks, and more.

🎥 Need AI B-Roll For Your Content?

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

Episode Takeaways:

• A daily capture habit keeps good ideas from disappearing.
• Use Notes, Google Docs, or voice memos—whatever is fastest in the moment.
• Ideas come randomly; capturing them ensures they become usable content.
• Great for episode concepts, hooks, guest ideas, questions, and digital product notes.
• Consistent documentation builds a reliable bank of future content.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Eric continues the 12 Days of Christmas series on Clipped—a run of quick, daily tips to help creators tighten up their workflow. Today is Day 11 of 12, and this episode is all about using templates to speed up every part of your production process.

Eric breaks down how templating show prep, editing workflows, thumbnail design, and episode structure can free up mental space, keep your content consistent, and help you move faster.

🎥 Need AI B-Roll For Your Content?

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

Episode Takeaways:

• Templates streamline show prep for both solo episodes and interviews.
• Editing templates remove guesswork and speed up production—great for Descript, Logic, or any DAW.
• Canva templates keep your YouTube thumbnails consistent and easy to update.
• Structural templates help you shape episodes the same way every time without feeling repetitive.
• Short-form content templates save a ton of time when creating reels, TikToks, and YouTube Shorts.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Eric kicks off a special 12 Days of Christmas series on Clipped—quick, daily tips to help creators tighten up their workflows and head into 2026 with a solid plan.

Today is Day 12, and the focus is on batch recording. Eric breaks down why knocking out multiple episodes in one session can save time, reduce mental reset, keep your setup consistent, and help you take advantage of creative momentum. Whether you're solo or recording with guests, batching keeps you ahead of schedule and frees up brain space as you move through the month.

🎥 Need AI B-Roll For Your Content?

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Eric sits down with Kendall Breitman, Community Lead at Riverside.fm, to talk about her path from political journalism to working abroad in Tel Aviv and helping shape the platform’s newest creator tools. Kendall breaks down Riverside’s major update—riverside hosting—and how it streamlines the full podcast workflow from recording to publishing.

🎥 Need B-Roll for Your Videos?

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

In This Episode With Kendall Breitman:

• Kendall’s journey from NBC/MSNBC to creator-tech
• How living abroad influences her work and creativity
• The rollout of riverside hosting and why it matters
• Recording, editing, and publishing in one platform
• New two-mic in-person recording capabilities
• AI B-roll, Magic Clips, and faster editing workflows
• Why mid-form content is growing in popularity
• Community feedback and how it shapes Riverside’s roadmap

Connect With Kendall:

• Kendall's LinkedIn
• Kendall At Riverside

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Eric and Cameron Stack delve into the evolution of marketing through social media and the transition into podcasting. Cameron shares his journey from experimenting with Facebook pages to becoming a podcast consultant, emphasizing the importance of niche marketing and organic growth. They discuss strategies for podcast growth, the challenges of audience engagement, and the differing goals of businesses in the podcasting space. Cameron also highlights his current projects and offers insights into effective podcasting practices.

🎥 Need B-Roll for Your Videos?

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

Episode Takeaways:

• Cameron Stack's journey into marketing began with social media experimentation.
• Facebook pages were once a powerful tool for organic growth.
• Niche marketing is crucial for podcast success.
• Organic growth is more effective than paid advertising in the early stages.
• Understanding the long-term impact of podcasting is essential for creators.
• Businesses often seek intangible benefits from podcasting, not just downloads.
• Guerrilla marketing can be effective for reaching initial audiences.
• The format of a podcast should align with the brand's goals and audience.
• Creativity in podcast formats can enhance engagement and interest.
• Building a community of dedicated listeners is more valuable than chasing vanity metrics.

Connect With Cameron Stack:

• Cameron's LinkedIn

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

The TikTok Shop is wild right now. I just joined the program and dropped my second video — people are genuinely pulling in solid side hustle money. In this episode of CLIPPED, I break down how the TikTok Shop works, how creators are earning commissions on product reviews, and how you can start doing the same.

🎥 Need B-Roll for Your Videos?

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

💰 What We Cover:

I’m pulling back the curtain on how TikTok Shop affiliates earn by reviewing and promoting products they actually use — from mics to power banks. You’ll hear how my friend Casey went from zero to several thousand a month in about five months, and how I used his strategy to finally break 5,000 followers and get approved for the program.

We’ll cover:

• What the TikTok Shop is and how the affiliate program works
• How creators earn commissions for product reviews
• Why hitting 5,000 followers is the key milestone
• The lesser 1,000-follower tier (and why it’s limited)
• The “follower hack” method using ads to reach 5K fast
• Why it’s worth getting in early before things get saturated
• How I plan to build a second account strictly for affiliate videos

Video Tutorial To Get Into The TikTok Shop:

Here is the video I mentioned in the episode. I followed this plan exactly and it took me $391 in ad spend to get to 5k followers.

• https://youtu.be/2v1z-6JzGdM?si=U9FzzfIfWoziCbDU

💡 Key Takeaways:

• TikTok Shop is the next major opportunity for creators to earn affiliate income.
• Don’t overthink it — review products you actually use and like.
• If you’re under 5K followers, consider running the short paid growth campaign I mention (link in the show notes).
• Even small wins — like $500/month — can stack into real income streams.
• Diversify your creator income: content, services, tools, and affiliate monetization.

🚀 Final Thought

If you’re already creating content, you’re halfway there. The TikTok Shop rewards consistency, creativity, and a willingness to test what works. It’s not about selling out — it’s about selling smart. Watch the linked video, follow the plan, and start building your side hustle revenue stream today.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

When I used to launch shows for clients, naming was brutal — you’d have to check Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and domains one by one. So I built Podcast Name Checker, a free tool that searches all three platforms and tells you if a name’s available. After three searches, it asks for an email so creators can keep going. Simple, effective, and a major time-saver.

Once that tool gained traction and started growing my list, I built Podcast Equipment Finder: a short quiz that recommends gear based on your setup, budget, and experience level — with affiliate links for small commissions. It hasn’t taken off like the Name Checker, but that’s okay.

🎥 Need B-Roll for Your Videos?

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

💡 Why This Matters
Not every product needs to be a hit. Building tools creates momentum, teaches new skills, and builds authority. Whether it’s a tool, checklist, or guide, these digital assets attract leads and expand your brand without trading time for money.

🛠️ Lessons Learned

• Trust your gut — if it feels right, build it.
• Some projects flop, others pop — keep going.
• Start small, validate ideas, and stack wins.

🚀 Final Thought
Creators and service providers can’t rely on services alone anymore. You need products that live on your site, add value, and generate passive returns. Build something. Learn from it. Repeat.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

I’m giving you a behind-the-scenes update on where I’m at with the Amazon Influencer Program—what's working, what's changed, and where the real income is actually coming from. Spoiler: it's not just affiliate links anymore.

🎥 Need B-Roll for Your Videos?

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

I break down how creator connections are the game-changer, and how I'm using Viral Vue to turn old content into new cash, track sales data, message brands, and monitor exactly where my videos show up on my storefront carousel.

If you're an Amazon Influencer or thinking about becoming one, this quick 5–7 minute breakdown is exactly what you need to hear.

🔍 What You'll Learn:

• My current status and strategy with the Amazon Influencer Program
• Why creator connections (not just links) are the real source of income
• How Viral Vue helps me:
  • Message brands directly from the platform
  • Automatically accept paid campaigns for videos I’ve already made
  • See which products are performing with sales + virality insights
  • Track my storefront visibility — carousel placement (top, bottom, or both)

Signup For Viral Vue:

• Viral Vue Website

Join The Amazon Influencer Program:

• AIP

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

In this episode of Clipped, Eric breaks down some breaking news that could reshape how we watch and distribute podcasts. Netflix and Spotify have officially teamed up to co-host video versions of top podcasts across both platforms.

🎥 Need B-Roll for Your Videos?

Try Riverside’s new AI Video Generator, a tool that automatically creates realistic, high-quality B-roll from a simple text prompt. It’s fast, creative, and saves hours in post-production. Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off your subscription.

That means shows like The Bill Simmons Podcast, The Dave Chang Show, The Rewatchables, and Conspiracy Theories will soon be available not just on Spotify, but on Netflix alongside your favorite series and films.

Eric dives into what this partnership means for creators, the challenges it brings to production quality, and whether it’s really a win for discovery or just a flashy move for major players. He also shares his thoughts on how this might influence the future of independent creators — and why visual polish is becoming non-negotiable.

Episode Highlights

• 🎬 Netflix + Spotify Partnership Explained – Why these two media giants are joining forces and how video podcasts will live across both platforms.
• 🧠 Shows in the Launch Lineup – The Bill Simmons Podcast, The Ringer, The Dave Chang Show, Recipe Club, The Rewatchables, Conspiracy Theories, and Serial Killers.
• 🌎 Rollout Details – Launching in the U.S. first in early 2026, with international markets to follow.
• 💡 Creator Takeaways – What this move signals for the podcasting industry and how smaller creators can adapt.
• 🔥 Visual Expectations Are Rising – Why lighting, set design, and cinematography will matter more than ever if podcasts sit next to films on Netflix.
• 🎥 Will YouTube Lose Out? – Eric questions whether removing these shows from YouTube could actually hurt discovery.
• 🗣️ Real Talk – “If podcasts are sitting next to Netflix series, we’re all going to have to up our game.”

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

In this episode of Clipped, I’m breaking down one of the biggest myths in content creation: the idea that you need to post on every single platform. Spoiler — you don’t. Being everywhere often means you’re doing everything halfway. Instead, go deep on the few platforms that actually move the needle for you.

Sponsor Alert:

Try Riverside.fm’s new Multi-Track Editor — get 20% off any individual plan with code CLIPPED at riverside.fm

Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

• Why “being everywhere” is killing your creativity and focus
• How to choose 2–3 platforms that align with your goals
• Why less is more when it comes to consistent content growth
• The power of going deep instead of wide — and how that translates to audience trust and business results
• How I use four platforms (Podcast, YouTube, LinkedIn, Blog) without burning out

If you’re a solo creator or small team trying to keep up with TikTok, YouTube, Reels, and everything else — this one’s your permission slip to simplify.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Stop chasing vanity metrics for your branded podcast. In this episode of Clipped, I break down three key KPIs that actually show if your branded content is working: lead quality, engagement, and trust. Forget empty downloads and likes—this is about tracking what really drives business impact.

Sponsor Alert:

Try Riverside.fm’s new Multi-Track Editor — get 20% off any individual plan with code CLIPPED at riverside.fm

Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

• Lead Quality — How to track if the right prospects are reaching out after listening
• Engagement — Metrics beyond downloads: listen-through rates, comments, shares, reviews
• Trust — Why branded podcasts build credibility and humanize your company
• Tools and tactics: Google Analytics, tracking pixels, Apple Podcast Connect, surveys, and testimonials
• How to shift focus from “vanity” stats to meaningful signals of growth

Whether you’re running a podcast for a law firm, SaaS brand, or consumer product, these three KPIs give you a clear framework to measure success and make sure your show is creating real value.

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Stop wasting hours trying to design YouTube thumbnails. In this episode, I reveal how to use Nano Banana inside Google AI Studio to create thumbnails that look professional and actually drive clicks. No Photoshop skills required, no overthinking—just a fast, creator-friendly workflow.

Sponsor Alert:

Try Riverside.fm’s new Multi-Track Editor — get 20% off any individual plan with code CLIPPED at riverside.fm

Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

• What Nano Banana is and why Google AI Studio built it for creators
• How to generate custom backgrounds in seconds (neon, cinematic, clean gradients—you choose)
• Why uploading your own headshot makes your thumbnails instantly more clickable
• How to use AI avatars so you don’t stress about lighting or facial expressions
• The fastest way to iterate thumbnail designs without getting stuck in Photoshop

Whether you’re building a podcast channel or growing on YouTube, thumbnails matter. This tool gives you pro-level results without slowing down your content pipeline.

Links Mentioned In Episode:

• Watch The Nano Banana Tutorial

The Podcast Haven Resources:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

In this episode, I sit down with Mike Turner and John Lane of Clearly Music to unpack what music supervision actually looks like across film, TV, trailers, and brand advertising. We talk about why Mike—longtime solo music supervisor—has officially teamed up with John under the Clearly Music banner, how they’re merging contacts across film/TV and advertising/entertainment marketing, and what that means for productions heading into 2025 as sets spin back up in LA.

Sponsor Alert:

Try Riverside.fm’s new Co-Creator feature — get 20% off any individual plan with code CLIPPED at riverside.fm

They break down the day-to-day (it’s way more project management and legal than playlist curating), how clearances and rights packages really work, how brands get in trouble using commercial music on social, and real-world budget ranges—from indie placements a few hundred bucks to seven-figure trailer and ad licenses. We also get into team ops at Clearly Music (shoutout Caleb McFadden) and how John’s Office Hours mentorship led to hiring and training a trusted coordinator.

What You’ll Learn:

• Why team up now: Mike joins John at Clearly Music to combine film/TV (Mike) with advertising, trailers & entertainment marketing (John), diversifying clients and smoothing feast-or-famine cycles.
• Real supervision, not just playlists: Roughly 30% creative / 70% project management—budgeting, clearances, on-set music needs, negotiating with labels/publishers, and shepherding rights from pre-production through post.
• On-screen performances 101: Pre-record sessions, hire players/coaches, coordinate set playback, and ensure performances look and feel authentic.
• Rights packaging that saves money: How term, territory, media, and usage decisions (theatrical vs streaming, regional vs national, 3 months vs 1 year) change the price dramatically.
• Brand safety on social: Why TikTok/IG music access ≠ a license for brand/influencer content—and how brands end up with stacked infringements.
• Library vs artist vs custom: When budget and strategy drive the choice—and why libraries cover more placements than most people realize.
• Career path & mentorship: John’s Office Hours → hiring and training Caleb McFadden into a trusted day-to-day operator handling clearances, publishing lookups, and searches.

Connect With Clearly Music: - https://www.clearlymusicservices.com/

Resources & Links:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

STOP before you drop big money on podcast or YouTube gear. In this episode, I break down how to build a studio that looks and sounds professional for under $200. No unnecessary gadgets, no fluff—just the essentials that actually make a difference.

Sponsor Alert:

Try Riverside.fm’s new Co-Creator feature — get 20% off any individual plan with code CLIPPED at riverside.fm

Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

• The #1 audio mistake beginners make (and the $149 fix that solves it)
• A $69 lighting setup that instantly upgrades your video presence
• Why your iPhone can outperform pricey cameras
• A simple background trick that makes your brand stand out
• How to frame your shot perfectly using your rear camera

Whether you’re starting a podcast or creating videos for YouTube, this setup will give you pro results without breaking the bank.

Resources & Links:

• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

In this episode, I sit down with Robert Teegarden—a musician turned video producer and educator—to explore his unique creative journey from the local music scene to collaborating with industry legends like Dirk Lance (Incubus). Robert shares deep insights on storytelling in content creation, breaking down the complex world of music licensing, and how creators can leverage their unique experiences to build sustainable careers in video and audio production.

Sponsored By Riverside.FM

🎧 Get 20% off Riverside.fm with my promo code: CLIPPED
Use this link → https://www.riverside.fm/?utm_campaig...

What You’ll Learn:

• Robert’s journey from musician to video producer
• The ins and outs of music licensing—what every creator should know
• The power of storytelling in creative work
• How to leverage your unique background as your biggest asset
• Tips for new creators on building skills and staying patient in competitive fields
• Why education and continual learning are essential for creative entrepreneurs

Whether you’re a creator trying to understand music licensing for your videos, or looking for inspiration to turn your passion into a profession, this conversation is packed with practical advice and inspiring stories to help you navigate the creative hustle.

Connect with Robert Teegarden:
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC26rpMzbR2zaSs0nd0PwxJg
Instagram: @RMTshoots

Got a niche idea that could be podcast gold?
Test the market potential with my Podcast Name Checker → https://thepodcasthaven.com/podcast-name-checker/

📢 I built this Podcast Launch Guide to make starting your show simple and stress-free. Get it on Etsy → https://www.etsy.com/listing/4335450269/the-podcast-haven-launch-manual?ref=shop_home_active_1ⅆ=1&logging_key=70a2bbb097522b3551805da48203a187d18e5ebc%3A4335450269

🎯 Want Help Picking the Right Setup?
Use my free Podcast Equipment Finder to get personalized gear recommendations based on your recording style, content goals, and budget.
https://thepodcasthaven.com/podcast-equipment-finder/

Signup For Our Weekly Newsletter And Get Our Free Ebook - The Four Pillars of Podcasting - Plan, Record, Produce, Launch - https://thepodcasthaven.beehiiv.com/subscribe

My Website and Company - https://thepodcasthaven.com

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

On Sunday night, I found myself in Golden Gate Park, surrounded by 60,000 fans swaying to “Shakedown Street” and “ Scarlett Begonias” at Dead and Company’s 3 Day Festival celebrating the 60th anniversary of The Grateful Dead. It wasn’t just a concert, it was a living, breathing ecosystem built over decades.

In this episode, I break down what makes the Grateful Dead’s community so unique — from Shakedown Street flea markets to setlists that never repeat, and how their organic growth holds lessons for us as content creators. We’ll talk about why you can’t engineer content that hits the mark, how to nurture an audience once it starts forming, and why authenticity always outlasts trends.

If you’ve been trying to grow your own tribe, this one’s for you.

What you’ll learn in this episode:

• How the Grateful Dead built a loyal, self-sustaining fan culture
• The role of surprise, improvisation, and authenticity in keeping audiences engaged
• Why you can’t “growth hack” your way to a real community
• How to notice and feed audience behaviors when they start to emerge
• Why sustainable growth starts with creating what you love

Resources & Links:

• Try Riverside.fm’s new Co-Creator feature — get 20% off any individual plan with code CLIPPED at riverside.fm
• Follow me on YouTube: @podcasthaven - The page is growing!
• More tips, tools, and resources: The Podcast Haven

Plan, Name, and Equip Your Show — All in One Place

🎙 Podcast Equipment Finder — get personalized gear recommendations
📝 Podcast Name Checker — see if your podcast name is available everywhere
✅ Podcast Launch Checklist — plan your show step-by-step

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Are you just one piece of content away from your breakthrough—or is it time to pivot?

In this episode of CLIPPED, I’m digging into the emotional and strategic crossroads that content creators face when their stuff isn’t landing—or even when it is. Inspired by Marc Maron’s decision to shut down his legendary podcast and a Gary Vee moment with a creator who posted 300 pieces of content without traction, I’m breaking down what it really means to pivot and how to decide if it's time.

I also get into my own recent pivot. I'm still podcasting, but I’ve been doubling down on TikTok and YouTube Shorts, and the results have been wild. It’s made content fun again. Let’s talk about burnout, change, and finding a new rhythm when things start to feel stale.

A Word From Our Sponsor:

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm
Record high-quality audio and 4K video podcasts remotely, with built-in AI tools like transcriptions, show notes, and Magic Clips. I use it for all my recordings, and I recommend it to all my clients.

Use promo code CLIPPED at checkout to get 20% off any individual plan.

What I Cover:

• 🎤 Marc Maron’s exit from podcasting after 1600+ episodes
• 📉 A Gary Vee story about a creator who posted 300 videos and never got traction
• 🔄 My personal pivot: going all-in on Shorts after burnout from long-form
• 📈 What’s working for me now on TikTok and YouTube Shorts—and why it’s finally fun again
• 🧠 How to recognize when to move on, even if things are technically working
• 🔁 Why pivoting isn’t failure—it’s growth
• 🛠️ Practical tips to re-energize your content: hooks, storytelling, and editing inside the TikTok app

Resources Mentioned:

• 🎯 Podcast Equipment Finder Tool – Get gear suggestions tailored to your setup, goals, and budget.
• 🔍 Podcast Name Checker Tool – Make sure your podcast name is available across all major platforms.

Connect With The Podcast Haven:

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram
• 🎧 Listen to More Episodes of CLIPPED

🔥 Follow me on TikTok: @podcasthaven
I'm posting daily Shorts—content tips, dad life, behind the scenes, and everything in between.

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

In this episode, I’m joined by Josh Emrick, founder of JECP (Josh Emrick Creative Partners)—a video storytelling studio dedicated to helping rebels, culture shapers, and bold thinkers bring their visions to life. Josh isn’t your average video guy—he’s a “story sculptor” who values emotional resonance, creative risk-taking, and deep relationships with clients. We unpack how he built a business rooted in honesty and collaboration, why he ditched volume-based work for meaningful projects, and how he's staying human in an AI-heavy world.

What We Talk About:

Josh and I dive into his unique approach to storytelling, building lasting client relationships, and how his rebellious roots in skateboarding and the music scene inform his creative process. We also talk about the challenges of staying artistic while making a living, balancing work with parenting, and the evolving role of AI in production.

In a Nutshell:

• Why storytelling needs rebellion, vulnerability, and trust
• How Josh defines his role as a “story sculptor,” not just a video producer
• The value of client fit over flashy budgets
• Using storytelling to push past vanity metrics and superficial branding
• Navigating creative burnout and reclaiming your artistic spark
• How having kids changed his approach to work and creativity
• Smart ways to integrate AI in storytelling workflows without losing soul
• What corporate clients really want (hint: not just a “sick video”)
• Why Midwestern work ethic and community have been a hidden advantage
• Thoughts on creative reps, DIY culture, and learning by doing

Connect with Josh & JECP:

• 🌐 Website: jecp.co
• 📸 Instagram: JECP Instagram
• 💼 LinkedIn: JECP LinkedIn

Podcast Recommendation from Josh:

🎧 What You Don’t Hear — a podcast hosted by Ross Tyson, featuring deep conversations with creatives and entrepreneurs about their real-life challenges, journeys, and wins.

Resources:

• 🧠 Podcast Equipment Finder Tool: Equipment Finder link – get gear suggestions based on your needs, use case, and budget
• 🛠️ Podcast Name Checker Tool - Starting a podcast? Use our Podcast Name Checker to ensure the name you want is available across Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and the web

Connect with The Podcast Haven

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram
• Listen To CLIPPED

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Recording on the go? Whether you're traveling, off-grid, or just trying to keep things simple, this episode breaks down three podcast setups you can take anywhere this summer.

A Word From Our Sponsor:

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm – With Riverside you can record high quality audio and video podcasts remotely. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

What I Cover:

1. USB Mic + Laptop – Great if you're bringing your laptop. Plug-and-play with mics like the Samson Q2U or Audio-Technica ATR2100x. I recommend Riverside.fm to record.
2. Lavalier Mic + iPhone – Perfect for video content and social media. I’m using the Rode Wireless Me, but DJI works too. Great audio and auto-synced video.
3. Zoom H6 Handheld Recorder – For those doing screen-free solo recording. Pair it with an XLR mic like the Shure SM58 and record straight to a memory card.

Resources:

• 🧠 Podcast Equipment Finder Tool: Equipment Finder link – get gear suggestions based on your needs, use case, and budget
• 🛠️ Podcast Name Checker Tool - Starting a podcast? Use our Podcast Name Checker to ensure the name you want is available across Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and the web

Connect with The Podcast Haven

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram
• Listen To CLIPPED

Thanks for tuning in! Go enjoy the summer—and keep creating wherever you are.

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Coming off a long July 4th weekend, I’m diving into three quick updates for creators: new studio monitors from KRK made specifically for podcasters and video editors, a leaked Spotify program offering $5,000 in ad credits for video uploads, and details on this year’s Podcast Movement conference in Dallas.

A Word From Our Sponsor:

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm – With Riverside you can record high quality audio and video podcasts remotely. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

🧠 What You’ll Learn:

• Why KRK’s new Kreate series monitors matter for creators—not just musicians
• How Spotify’s $5K ad credit leak signals their shift into video beyond podcasting
• Why Podcast Movement is still one of the top places to meet creators and learn what’s working

🔥 Pro Tips:

• If you're upgrading your setup, look for monitors with built-in EQ tuning like the KRK Kreate series
• Spotify’s video push means more opportunities for non-podcast content—get ahead now
• Use promo code PODNEWS to save $75 on Podcast Movement tickets

👋 Final Thoughts:

From hardware to platform shifts, it’s clear the creator economy is growing fast—both physically and digitally. Whether you're tuning your mix or considering running video content on Spotify, there’s plenty to act on this week.

Resources:

• 🧠 Podcast Equipment Finder Tool: Equipment Finder link – get gear suggestions based on your needs, use case, and budget
• 🛠️ Podcast Name Checker Tool - Starting a podcast? Use our Podcast Name Checker to ensure the name you want is available across Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and the web

Connect with The Podcast Haven

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram
• Listen To CLIPPED

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Rerunning old podcast episodes isn’t lazy—it’s smart. In this episode, I break down why replaying your greatest hits can actually help grow your show, re-engage your audience, and give you a well-deserved breather—especially during busy seasons like summer.

A Word From Our Sponsor:

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm - With Riverside you can record high quality audio and video podcasts remotely. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

I cover when it makes sense to start republishing old episodes, how to pick which ones to rerun, and best practices for keeping things fresh with updated intros or edits. Whether you're managing family time or just need to keep content flowing, this strategy helps you stay consistent and serve both new and loyal listeners.

🧠 What You’ll Learn:

• Why rerunning episodes is a valid growth and retention strategy
• When it's the right time to revisit old content (hint: not at episode 10)
• How to use analytics to choose your most replay-worthy episodes
• Easy ways to freshen up older content with new intros or edits
• Why summer and holiday seasons are prime for reruns

🔥 Pro Tips:

• Don’t just drop an old episode—record a quick intro letting listeners know why you're replaying it
• Look at your top 10 most downloaded episodes and pick one that still holds up
• Add updated commentary if the topic has evolved
• Avoid re-airing unless you’ve built up a solid back catalog (75+ eps is ideal)

👋 Final Thoughts:

Rerunning episodes is a way to double down on what’s working. You’re not repeating yourself—you’re reinforcing value. And with so many listeners tuning in months or years after your launch, a replay could be brand new to someone today.

Resources:

• 🧠 Podcast Equipment Finder Tool: Equipment Finder link – get gear suggestions based on your needs, use case, and budget
• 🛠️ Podcast Name Checker Tool - Starting a podcast? Use our Podcast Name Checker to ensure the name you want is available across Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and the web

Connect with The Podcast Haven

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram
• Listen To CLIPPED

View Details

Send us Fan Mail

Today we’re jumping back into podcast SEO. If you want to boost your show's visibility on Apple, Spotify, and Google, you’re in the right spot.

This episode builds on the five SEO tips from Episode 54 with two new strategies to help your show get found by the right people.

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm - With Riverside you can record high quality audio and video podcasts remotely. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

Why Podcast SEO Still Matters

Podcast SEO helps you get discovered without relying on social media or ads. I’m breaking down simple tactics that help your show rank and attract more listeners.

SEO Tips Recap + Two New Ones:

• Turn Episodes Into Blog Posts
  Transcriptions make your content searchable. Google prioritizes written content—get it on your site.
• Title Smarter
  Use clear, keyword-rich titles. It’s the easiest way to boost clickthroughs and rankings.
• Do Keyword Research
  Use Google Trends, Ahrefs, or even YouTube autocomplete to find what people are searching for in your niche.
• Improve Your Show Notes
  Go beyond a few lines. Aim for 300+ words with key takeaways, resources, and keywords.
• Expand to YouTube
  Upload your audio with a static image or simple video. YouTube is the second-largest search engine.
• Be a Guest on Other Shows
  Earn backlinks and reach new listeners. This boosts SEO and credibility.
• Encourage Engagement
  Reviews, shares, and social interaction signal value to platforms and search engines.

🎯 Tools to Grow Your Show (Free to Use)

• 🧠 Podcast Equipment Finder Tool – Not sure what mic or gear to buy? Get personalized gear picks based on your setup, format, and budget.
• 🛠️ Podcast Name Checker Tool – Starting a new show? Check if your podcast name is available on Apple, Spotify, YouTube, social handles, and the web.

💬 Stay Connected with The Podcast Haven

If you’re serious about growing your podcast, follow along here:

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram
• Listen to CLIPPED

View Details

Send us a text

You don’t need to drop a ton of cash to launch a solid podcast. In this quick solo episode, I break down a simple yet professional podcast setup that’ll cost you less than $100. No junk gear, no sketchy knockoffs—just proven tools that podcasters (myself included) actually use.

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm - With Riverside you can record high quality audio and video podcasts remotely. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

From a versatile mic to free editing and recording tools, I walk you through everything you need to start recording great-sounding audio right away. I also plug my free Podcast Equipment Finder tool if you want even more tailored gear recommendations. No excuses—get started today with what you’ve got.

Resources From This Episode:

• 🎙 Mic: Samson Q2U – an affordable USB/XLR mic that punches above its price
• 🛠 Mic Stand: Amazon mic stand options – solid stands for under $20
• 🌐 Riverside.fm: Riverside link – record high-quality video and audio, remote or solo; use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off
• ✂️ Descript: Descript link – edit your podcast by editing the transcript, even on a free plan
• 🧠 Podcast Equipment Finder Tool: Equipment Finder link – get gear suggestions based on your needs, use case, and budget
• 🛠️ Podcast Name Checker Tool - Starting a podcast? Use our Podcast Name Checker to ensure the name you want is available across Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and the web

Connect with The Podcast Haven

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram
• Listen To CLIPPED

View Details

Send us a text

One of the biggest myths in podcasting: that you have to be everywhere to grow. Spoiler alert — you don’t. Instead of burning out trying to post across every social media platform, this episode will help you understand the power of focus.

In this episode, Eric makes the case for doubling down on 2-3 key platforms that actually move the needle for your podcast, based on your content format and strengths.

🧠 What You’ll Learn:

• Why being on every platform is a waste of your time early on
• How to choose channels that actually align with your business/goals
• Platform suggestions based on your podcast format
• The difference between real growth vs. fake busy work

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm - With Riverside you can record high quality audio and video podcasts remotely. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

🛠️ Resources:

• Podcast Name Checker Tool - Starting a podcast? Use our Podcast Name Checker to ensure the name you want is available across Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and the web
• Podcast Equipment Finder - Fill out a 1 minute questionnaire and our equipment finder will automatically suggest podcast equipment for you based on your needs. You can purchase that gear through our Amazon links.

Connect with The Podcast Haven:

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram
• Listen To CLIPPED

View Details

Send us a text

Spotify just dropped a new metric: Plays. It’s supposed to show how many times your episode was played—similar to YouTube views—but as of now, it’s only visible inside Spotify for Podcasters, not to the public.

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm - With Riverside you can record high quality audio and video podcasts remotely. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

In this episode, I break down:

• What the “Plays” metric actually tracks
• Why creators are confused (and a little worried)
• The difference between Spotify Plays, Streams, and Apple Podcast Downloads
• What this means for advertisers and how they buy podcast ad space
• And the bigger question—how do we define success with so many overlapping metrics?

Right now, it’s a mess. But it’s also part of podcasting growing up. I’m not sure how I feel yet, but I’m watching closely—and still focused on making content I love.

📖 Related Reading:

• NBC News: Spotify’s new play count feature has podcasters worried
• Spotify’s official metric breakdown
• Spotify For Podcasters
• Apple Podcasts Connect

🎥 Check out more gear reviews, tutorials, and content tips on my YouTube channel: youtube.com/@thepodcasthaven

🛠️ Resources:

• Podcast Name Checker Tool - Starting a podcast? Use our Podcast Name Checker to ensure the name you want is available across Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and the web

Connect with The Podcast Haven:

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram

View Details

Send us a text

In this episode, I take you on a step-by-step walkthrough of how I edit a podcast using Pro Tools. I’m breaking down my exact process—from importing audio into my custom template, to cutting filler, cleaning up breaths, applying effects, and delivering a polished final mix. Whether you’re new to editing or just curious how it’s done at a professional level, this episode gives you a behind-the-scenes look at a typical podcast editor’s workflow.

I’ll also touch on tools like iZotope RX, Riverside.fm, and how I manage my plugin chain to get crisp, broadcast-ready audio.

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm - With Riverside you can record high quality audio and video podcasts remotely. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

This episode is perfect for:

• Aspiring podcast editors
• Podcasters looking to DIY their editing
• Clients who want to understand what editing actually involves
• Anyone curious about Pro Tools or my setup

🛠️ Tools I Use In This Episode:

• ProTools
• Izoptope RX
• Waves Plugins
• Slate Plugins

🛠️ Resources:

• Podcast Name Checker Tool - Starting a podcast? Use our Podcast Name Checker to ensure the name you want is available across Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and the web

Connect with The Podcast Haven:

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram

View Details

Send us a text

Before you spend time and money launching your own podcast, consider this: guesting on other people’s shows might actually be a more effective podcast marketing strategy. In this solo episode of CLIPPED, I’m breaking down why guesting can deliver faster and more targeted results than hosting—especially if your main goals are audience growth, brand visibility, or selling a product or service.

Launching a show from scratch is no small feat. Between content creation, editing, publishing, and promotion, hosting your own podcast can turn into a full-time job. That’s where podcast marketing strategy through guest appearances comes in. It allows you to tap into existing audiences, establish credibility instantly, and focus your energy on spreading your message—without the burden of managing an entire production schedule.

Guesting is one of the most underutilized tactics in any effective podcast marketing strategy, yet it can deliver faster results than hosting your own show. By appearing on podcasts that already have a loyal, niche audience, you gain access to warm leads and engaged listeners who trust the host. It’s a shortcut to podcast discoverability, helping you reach your ideal audience faster than if you tried to build one from the ground up.

In this episode, I’ll walk you through:

• Why hosting a show is often more time-consuming and less impactful early on
• How guesting gets you in front of high-intent audiences with no upfront costs
• When guesting should be your core strategy—and when it makes sense to start your own podcast later on
• Tactical tips on finding the right shows to pitch and getting booked
• How this fits into a broader content creation and audience growth strategy

Whether you’re a content creator, business owner, or part of an enterprise podcast team looking for smarter ways to grow your reach, this episode is for you.

🎯 This episode also touches on:

• Podcast marketing techniques
• Audience growth for podcasts
• Content creation education
• Tools for content creators
• Podcast production workload vs. return
• Effective podcasting techniques for brand building

🛠️ Resources Mentioned:

• Podcast Name Checker Tool - Starting a podcast? Use our Podcast Name Checker to ensure the name you want is available across Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and the web

Connect with The Podcast Haven:

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram

View Details

Send us a text

This week at The Podcast Haven, we delve into a topic that's vital for every podcaster – picking the perfect microphone. It's a decision that can shape the sound and quality of your podcast, and we're here to guide you through it.

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm - With Riverside you can record high quality audio and video podcasts remotely. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

The Top Ten Microphones For Podcasting

• Shure SM58
• Shure SM7B
• Rode Podcaster
• Audio-Technica ATR2100x
• Heil Sound PR 40
• Rode PodMic
• Electro-Voice RE20
• Shure MV7 USB
• Rode NT-USB Mini USB Condenser Microphone
• Rode Procaster
• Samson Q2U

As Amazon Affiliates we earn from qualifying purchases.

Stay Connected with The Podcast Haven

• The Podcast Haven
• Instagram
• YouTube
• LinkedIn

View Details

Send us a text

If you're juggling spreadsheets, Slack threads, and random Notion docs to keep your podcast on track—this episode is for you. Today, I’m joined by Fran and Taly Melo, co-founders of Northflow, a new project management platform built specifically for podcasters and creative teams. We explore how they’re developing a focused, no-fluff podcast production tool that helps simplify messy workflows, reduce tool overload, and organize everything from guest management to content planning.

This Episode Is Sponsored By Riverside.fm

• Record remote podcasts in 4K video
• Create clips automatically with Magic Clips
• Export transcripts instantly
• Use code CLIPPED at checkout to get 20% off at Riverside.fm

This conversation is a must-listen if you’re looking for a better podcast production—one where your pre-production process doesn’t slow down your publishing schedule or burn out your team. Northflow aims to be the central hub for podcasters, offering a smarter way to plan episodes, manage guests, and collaborate without bouncing between five different apps.

Taly shares how her deep love for podcasts led her to start solving the pre-production problem firsthand, while Fran takes us behind the scenes of how they built Northflow through user interviews, testing with agencies, and real-time creator feedback. We also dig into what it’s like to bootstrap a SaaS company while raising a family—and how podcast professionals are shaping the future of the product.

This episode dives into what makes Northflow different from other tools like Trello, Notion, and ClickUp, and how they’re planning to evolve it into a full-stack solution that includes pre-production, podcast production, and distribution.

🔑 What You’ll Learn:

• Why traditional task managers fall short for podcasters
• How Northflow is purpose-built for podcast production
• Guest tracking and planning workflows that actually make sense
• How Northflow fits into a scalable content creation workflow
• Their future plans around AI, automation, and podcast discoverability
• What makes Northflow part of a winning podcast marketing strategy

🛠️ Try Northflow:

Northflow is currently invite-only, but free to try. If you run a show or podcast agency, visit https://northflow.io to request access. They're onboarding new users weekly and iterating fast with real feedback from the podcasting community.

📣 Connect with Northflow:

• Website: https://northflow.io
• Instagram: @gonorthflow

Connect with The Podcast Haven:

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram

View Details

Send us a text

ChatGPT's image generation has evolved from mediocre to impressively good with recent updates that transform how content creators can produce visual assets. The improvements include more accurate prompt responses, editable images through feedback, reference image uploading, and finally, reliable text rendering on images.

A Word From Out Sponsor:

This episode is brought to you by Riverside.fm the best platform for recording high-quality remote podcasts and videos. With 4K video, AI-powered tools like Magic Clips, and automated transcriptions, Riverside makes content creation seamless. 🚀 Get started with Riverside and use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off at Riverside.fm.

What You'll Learn:

• ChatGPT Enhanced prompt accuracy delivers more faithful visualizations of complex descriptions
• New editing capability lets you modify specific elements without regenerating entire images
• Upload reference images to maintain brand consistency or transform existing photos
• ChatGPT Text on images finally works correctly—a game-changer for blog posts and podcast artwork
• Perfect for creating podcast cover art, social media templates, video backgrounds, and merch designs

Try the new features yourself and share your AI-generated creations with me on Instagram @thepodcasthaven—I'd love to see what you create and discuss your prompting techniques!

Connect with The Podcast Haven:

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram

View Details

Send us a text

Creating short-form video clips for social media can be exhausting and time-consuming. Thankfully, Riverside.fm makes it easy to transform your videos into engaging clips using AI-powered tools. In this episode, Eric, founder of The Podcast Haven, walks you through exactly how to use Riverside's Magic Clips feature, streamlining your content creation workflow and saving you valuable time.

Special Offer: 🎉 Get 20% off Riverside.fm Use the promo code CLIPPED at checkout to enjoy 20% off any individual Riverside plan and elevate your content creation today!

Episode Highlights: * Automate Your Clip Creation: How Riverside’s Magic Clips leverages AI to generate high-quality social media clips automatically. * Easy Upload and Edit Process: Quickly upload videos, select clip length (30-60 seconds recommended), and let Riverside handle the rest. * Optimizing Clips with Keywords: Tips on using keywords effectively to focus your clips around specific topics. * Customizing Your Clips: Learn how to fine-tune the AI-generated clips, add captions, brand elements, and customize design effortlessly. * Exporting and Quality Assurance: Best practices for exporting clips, ensuring optimal quality, removing watermarks, and managing audio levels.

Why Riverside? * Riverside.fm simplifies your workflow by doing 80% of the heavy lifting, allowing you to focus only on small tweaks. * Ideal for creators looking to rapidly expand their social media presence without the stress of extensive editing.

Resources Mentioned:

• View This Video On YouTube

Listen to Other Popular Episodes: * Ten Thousand Hours: The Hard Truth About Mastery, Success, and Why You’re Not Winning * How To Record a Video Podcast On Your iPhone: Easily Podcast In 4K! * How To Get Your Show Featured on Apple Podcasts: Follow These Tips!

Connect with The Podcast Haven: * Homepage * LinkedIn * Blog * YouTube * Instagram

Episode Tags: Social Media Clips, Riverside.fm, Video Editing, AI Editing, Content Creation, Magic Clips, Short Form Video

View Details

Send us a text

This week on CLIPPED, I’m refreshing one of the most popular episodes from the past year—updated with fresh insights for 2025. It's all about how to start a podcast in 2025.

If you're thinking about starting a podcast this year, this is the perfect place to start. I’m sharing 12 things I wish I knew when I started, including a few new lessons I’ve learned recently. From prepping and planning to editing, video SEO, and finding your voice, this episode is your blueprint for launching smarter. Whether you're starting a podcast for the first time, or rebooting an old one, these tips will help you avoid the common traps and build a more sustainable show.

A Word From Our Sponsor:

This episode is brought to you by Riverside.fm, the best platform for recording high-quality remote podcasts and videos. With 4K video, AI-powered tools like Magic Clips, and automated transcriptions, Riverside makes content creation seamless. 🚀 Get started with Riverside and use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off at Riverside.fm.

Follow These 12 Steps (2025 Edition)

1. Prepping Is Key
   Prepping takes longer than you think—but it pays off. Whether you’re scripting or outlining bullet points, putting in the time up front helps your recordings go smoother and cuts down on editing.

2. Avoid Interrupting Your Guests
   Practice active listening when starting a podcast. Let your guest finish their thought before jumping in with your next question or opinion. It’s tougher than it sounds, but it leads to better conversations.

3. Finding Your Podcasting Voice
   Getting comfortable on the mic can take 50–60 episodes or more. You might not like how you sound or look early on—but give it time. You’ll grow into your voice and find your rhythm.

4. Don’t Over-Rely on AI
   AI tools like ChatGPT and Descript are helpful—but don’t let them replace your own creative instincts. Use them to support your editing, writing, or idea generation, not to do all the work for you.

5. Video Is the New SEO
   In 2025, YouTube is a discovery engine for podcasters. Optimize your video titles and thumbnails like you would a blog post. Use chapters, keywords, and a solid video setup (even just your iPhone) to get seen by more people. Prioritize visuals and strategy over fancy gear.

6. Booking Quality Guests
   Don’t assume guests are out of reach—many are more open to interviews than you think. Start small, build confidence, and reach out when your show is in a good groove.

7. Consistent Planning
   Coming up with fresh ideas and engaging interview questions week after week is no joke. Build a running list of episode ideas and revisit older topics with new angles to keep things fresh.

8. Stay Ahead in Production
   Batch your recordings and stay a few weeks ahead of schedule. It reduces stress and gives you breathing room when life gets busy.

9. Engage in the Podcasting Community
   Don’t podcast in a vacuum. Join Facebook groups, LinkedIn threads, and attend events. There’s always someone one step ahead who can share a tip—or someone just starting who you can help.

10. Embrace Editing
    Trim the fat. Cut tangents, filler words, and rambling to make your episodes tighter. A well-edited show sounds more professional and keeps listeners engaged.

11. Social Media Doesn’t Guarantee Podcast Growth
    Likes and follows don’t always convert into downloads. Focus more on podcast-native growth strategies like promo swaps, guest appearances, and newsletter shoutouts.

12. Find the Right Mic for Your Voice
    Expensive d

View Details

Send us a text

There’s an old saying in audio: “Shit In, Shit Out.” In other words, if your original recording sounds bad, no amount of post-production magic can completely fix it. That said, AI-powered audio tools can help improve and clean up your recordings. But which one does it best? In this episode, Eric tests Adobe Speech Enhancement and Descript Studio Sound, letting you decide which one sounds better. Whether you're a podcaster, YouTuber, or content creator, these tools can help level up your audio quality by reducing background noise, enhancing clarity, and making your voice sound more professional. By the end of this episode, you’ll know how to use both tools, hear how they perform on the same piece of audio, and determine which one fits your needs best. A Word From Out Sponsor: This episode is brought to you by Riverside.fm, the best platform for recording high-quality remote podcasts and videos. With 4K video, AI-powered tools like Magic Clips, and automated transcriptions, Riverside makes content creation seamless. 🚀 Get started with Riverside and use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off at Riverside.fm. What You’ll Learn in This Episode: * Why recording quality matters – The importance of good mic technique and a quiet environment before using AI enhancement. * How to use Descript Studio Sound – A step-by-step breakdown of adjusting intensity levels (25%, 50%, 75%, and 100%) and how each setting affects audio quality. * How to use Adobe Speech Enhancement – A walkthrough of the free and paid versions, plus how adjusting background noise settings impacts the final sound at (25%, 50%, 75%, and 100%) processing. * Comparing the results – Which tool delivers the most natural sound? Which one over-processes audio? Find out the strengths and weaknesses of each. * Best practices for using AI audio tools – When to apply enhancement and when to avoid over-processing.

Key Takeaways: ✅ Descript Studio Sound: Great for adding depth and richness but can introduce robotic artifacts at high settings. ✅ Adobe Speech Enhancement: Removes background noise well and sounds clearer at higher intensities but can make audio feel too sterile. ✅ Balance is key: Cranking AI enhancements too high can lead to unnatural, over-processed sound. ✅ Your mileage may vary: The effectiveness of these tools depends on the quality of your original recording.

View Details

Send us a text

Google’s latest AI overviews are making it harder than ever to drive organic traffic to your website. Instead of sending users to blogs and independent creators, Google is stealing content directly from sites, repackaging it with AI, and serving it at the top of search results. Meanwhile, YouTube—the platform Google owns—is doing the opposite. YouTube is actively boosting smaller creators and making it easier for videos to reach new audiences.

In this episode, Eric dives into:

• How Google’s AI overviews are cutting independent creators out of search results.
• Why YouTube is pushing small creators forward while Google throttles organic reach.
• The paradox of Google’s approach to AI and why it matters for content creators.
• Why now is the time to shift your focus from blogging to video content.

If you rely on Google for traffic, this episode is a must-listen.

A Word From Our Sponsor This podcast is sponsored by Riverside.fm—the best platform for recording high-quality remote podcasts and videos. With 4K video recording, AI-powered tools like Magic Clips and automated transcriptions, Riverside makes content creation seamless.

🚀 Get started with Riverside and enter promo code CLIPPED for 20% off at Riverside.fm.

How Google’s AI Overviews Are Stealing Content * Google’s AI overviews summarize content directly in search results, pulling from independent blogs and sites. * This means fewer people are clicking through to original content, hurting creators who rely on search traffic. * AI-generated answers are prioritized over linking to independent sources, making it harder for new sites to rank.

The YouTube Paradox: Why Video Is Thriving * Unlike Google Search, YouTube is actively pushing good content forward. * Smaller channels are getting boosted in the algorithm, giving new creators a real shot at growth. * YouTube’s recommendation system rewards watch time and engagement, making it an opportunity for creators to thrive.

Should You Pivot to Video? * If you’re just starting out, video might be a better bet than blogging. * Blogging still has value, but AI-driven search results are making it harder to break in. * YouTube wants creators to succeed because more views = more ad revenue. * Investing in video now could help future-proof your content strategy.

What’s Next for Independent Creators? * Google’s AI-driven changes could lead to a walled-off internet where only major media brands dominate.

View Details

Send us a text

In this episode of CLIPPED, Eric’s breaking down the ten thousand hour rule and why so many agency owners, freelancers, and online coaches struggle to find success. If you’re not seeing results, it might be because you haven’t put in the reps—yet.

This episode dives into what the 10,000-hour rule really means, how mastery requires time and effort, and why so many people try to skip the hard work. Eric also shares his own 10,000-hour journey—from running errands at recording studios to building a podcast production company. By the end of this episode, you’ll understand why cutting corners leads to failure and what you need to do to actually get good at your craft.

A Word From Our Sponsor: This podcast is sponsored by Riverside.fm—my favorite platform for recording high-quality remote podcasts and videos. With 4K video recording, AI-powered tools like Magic Clips and automated transcriptions, and seamless audio syncing, Riverside makes content creation easier than ever. Try it out at Riverside.fm and enter promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

The 10,000-Hour Rule: Key Takeaways What is the 10,000-Hour Rule? * Popularized by Malcolm Gladwell, this concept suggests that true mastery takes at least 10,000 hours of deliberate practice. * Becoming great at something requires repetition, failure, and continuous learning. * Professionals don’t cut corners—they put in the work and develop real expertise.

Why Are Agency Owners and Coaches Struggling? * Lack of Real Skills: Many jump into business without actually mastering a craft. * Selling Theory, Not Experience: Too many coaches sell courses or strategies they’ve never implemented themselves. * Shortcut Mentality: AI tools and quick hacks can’t replace the years of experience needed to develop true expertise.

Eric’s 10,000-Hour Journey in Audio * Started interning at 17 Hertz Studios in North Hollywood—running errands, setting up mics, and learning the ropes. * Worked at Paramount Recording Studios, recording, editing, and getting yelled at (a lot). * Transitioned to podcasting in 2015, building The Podcast Haven from the ground up. * Cold-emailed hundreds of podcasters, landed clients like Kimberly Snyder and Paychecks & Balances, and grew a sustainable business through years of hard work.

How to Actually Get Good at Something * Do the work before you sell the solution—learn by doing, not by theory. * Master the tools of your industry—whether it’s Pro Tools, Google Ads, or video editing software.

View Details

Send us a text

In this episode of CLIPPED, the focus is on how to film high-quality video podcasts and YouTube videos using just an iPhone. With a powerful 4K camera right in your pocket, it’s easier than ever to create professional-looking content.

This episode covers the setup, audio syncing, and the essential gear needed (which isn’t much) to get started. Whether you’re new to content creation or looking for a streamlined workflow, this episode is packed with practical tips for filming like a pro.

This episode explains why using an iPhone is a great option for video content, thanks to its 4K recording capability and excellent picture quality. It emphasizes the benefits of using a device that’s less intimidating and more user-friendly than traditional cameras.

The episode breaks down everything from choosing between the selfie camera and the rear camera to setting up the perfect shot. It also covers how to seamlessly sync high-quality audio with video using Riverside.fm. By the end, you’ll know exactly how to maximize your iPhone’s potential for creating stunning video podcasts and YouTube videos.

A Word From Our Sponsor: This podcast is sponsored by Riverside.fm—my favorite way to record high-quality remote podcasts and videos. With great audio quality, 4K video recording, and easy editing tools, Riverside makes content creation seamless. Try it out at Riverside.fm and enter promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

How to Record a Podcast on iPhone: Key Takeaways * Why Use an iPhone for Video Podcasts: + Records in 4K and 1080p with excellent image quality. + Easier to use and less intimidating than traditional cameras.

• Video Setup Tips:
• Use a sturdy tripod or boom arm for stability.
• Position the camera at eye level for a professional look.

• Choose the selfie camera for easy framing or the rear camera for better quality.

• Framing and Monitoring:

• Use iPhone mirrors or external monitors for improved framing when using the rear camera.

• Audio Syncing and Recording:

• Connect wireless microphones directly to the iPhone for seamless syncing.

• Use Riverside.fm to easily sync high-quality audio with video.

• Using an iPhone as a Webcam:

• Compatible with macOS 13+ and iOS 16+ devices.

• Works seamlessly with Riverside.fm for high-quality recording.

• Best Camera Settings:

• 4K at 30f

View Details

Send us a text

Want your podcast to stand out and get featured on Apple Podcasts? Getting into Apple’s curated sections can skyrocket your visibility, attract new listeners, and establish credibility. But how does it actually happen? In this episode, Eric is breaking down what it takes to get Apple’s attention, the key strategies you need to implement, and common mistakes to avoid.

A Word From Our Sponsor:

This podcast is sponsored by Riverside.fm—my favorite way to record high-quality remote podcasts and videos. With great audio quality, 4K video recording, and easy editing tools, Riverside makes content creation seamless. Try it out at Riverside.fm and enter promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode: * Why being featured on Apple Podcasts can help grow your audience * The essential form you must fill out to be considered for a feature * Apple’s 4 Key Tips for Getting Featured: 1. Be Timely & Relevant – Connect your pitch to current events, holidays, or cultural moments 2. Create High-Quality Content – Apple looks for well-produced, engaging, and professional audio 3. Optimize Your Show Page – Your title, description, and artwork should be polished and compelling 4. Drive Engagement – Consistent releases, audience interaction, and strong listener retention matter

• How to craft an effective pitch using these guidelines
• Common mistakes that hurt your chances of getting featured
• Why filling out the submission form accurately is a must

Apple Podcasts Resources & Links: 🔗 Apple’s Feature Request Tips
🔗 Apple Podcast Feature Request Form

Listen To Past Podcast Episodes: * How To Turn Amazon Influencer Videos Into a YouTube Side Hustle * The Top 5 Podcast Tools For Recording, Editing, Marketing, Audience Growth, and Discoverability * The Marketing Touchpoints Playbook: Strategies To Win Over Your Audience

Connect with The Podcast Haven: *

View Details

Send us a text

Eric shares his latest side hustle—repurposing Amazon Influencer Program videos into a YouTube review channel. He breaks down why he started this experiment, his strategy for uploading videos quickly, and how he plans to monetize with Amazon affiliate links. Whether you're sitting on a backlog of content or looking for an easy way to generate extra income, this episode has insights on making the most of what you already have.

A Word From Our Sponsor:

This podcast is sponsored by Riverside.fm—my favorite way to record high-quality remote podcasts and videos. With great audio quality, 4K video recording, and easy editing tools, Riverside makes content creation seamless. Try it out at Riverside.fm and enter promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

The Process of Repurposing Amazon Influencer Videos: Eric walks through his simple, no-frills approach to launching a YouTube review channel using content he already created. With hundreds of Amazon Influencer videos sitting in his account, he’s putting them to work with minimal effort. His strategy includes:

• Uploading videos in bulk without custom thumbnails
• Using AI-generated descriptions for speed and efficiency
• Placing Amazon affiliate links in video descriptions to earn commissions
• Setting up a separate Amazon affiliate account for tracking revenue
• Testing paid ads to accelerate channel growth

Results So Far and What’s Next Eric shares early results, including his subscriber count, top-performing video, and the small commissions he’s already earned. He also discusses the challenges of hitting Amazon’s minimum sales requirement to keep his new affiliate account active. Looking ahead, he plans to experiment with ads to see if he can grow the channel faster and turn it into a consistent revenue stream.

If you’re already in the Amazon Influencer Program, this episode is a must-listen for ideas on maximizing your content and making passive income.

Resources: * Learn about The Amazon Influencer Program In Episode 122 of Clipped

Listen To Past Podcast Episodes: * The Top 5 Podcast Tools For Recording, Editing, Marketing, Audience Growth, and Discoverability * The Marketing Touchpoints Playbook: Strategies To Win Over Your Audience * How To Get More YouTube Views By Recording Screen Share Tutorials

Connect with The Podcast Haven: *

View Details

Send us a text

If you’re creating content, you might be making it way harder than it needs to be. The right tools can help you save time, improve quality, and grow your audience faster—without burning out.

Support From Our Sponsor:

This podcast is sponsored by Riverside. Record 4K video and full-fidelity audio with Riverside.fm—my favorite platform for seamless remote recording, AI-powered Magic Clips (vertical shorts for social media), and instant transcriptions. Get 20% off with my link and enter promo code CLIPPED at checkout!

In this episode of Clipped, Eric is sharing five essential tools that will streamline your workflow and help you produce better content with less effort. Whether you're podcasting, editing, or marketing your show, these tools will level up your production and help you work smarter, not harder.

What You'll Learn:
🎙️ The best remote recording tool for crystal-clear audio & video
✂️ How to edit faster with AI-powered tools that remove filler words & enhance audio
📝 The easiest way to repurpose your content for blogs, social media, and newsletters
📩 Why an email list is essential for growing your audience (and the best tool for it)
📊 How to use keyword research to make content people are actually searching for

The 5 Must-Have Tools:
✅ Riverside.fm – The best platform for recording high-quality remote audio & video: https://riverside.fm - Enter promo code CLIPPED for 20% off

✅ Descript – AI-powered editing to remove filler words, enhance audio, and edit with text: https://get.descript.com/w5g4ga8r6nss (affiliate)

✅ ChatGPT – Plan episodes, create social media content, and repurpose transcripts effortlessly: https://openai.com

✅ Beehiiv – Own your audience and build an email list for direct engagement: https://www.beehiiv.com?via=Eric-Montgomery (affiliate)

✅ Google Trends – Discover trending topics and create content people are actively searching for: https://trends.google.com/trends/

If you’re tired of struggling with content creation, this episode is a must-listen.

Listen To Past Podcast Episodes: * How To Get More YouTube Views By Recording Screen Share Tutorials * The Reality of Work, Opportunities, and Family: Struggling to Make Money in a Capitalist World * How To Transform a Single Video Into 10 Pieces of Compelling Content For All The Platforms

Connect with The Podcast Haven: * Homepage * LinkedIn *

View Details

Send us a text

Eric dives into the concept of marketing touchpoints—what they are, why they matter, and how you can streamline your efforts to connect with your audience more effectively. With the increasing number of touchpoints required in today's content-saturated world, Eric shares actionable tips to help you grab attention, build trust, and convert leads faster.

The Evolution of Marketing Touchpoints:

Marketing touchpoints have evolved over time. What used to require just 7 touchpoints now often takes upwards of 20, thanks to the overwhelming flood of content in our daily lives. Reducing this number is critical for efficiently moving your audience closer to conversion.

By following these four strategies, you can streamline your touchpoint efforts:

• Authenticity: Stay true to your voice and purpose. People connect with genuine and transparent creators.
• Adding Value: Share expertise or bring joy—be it through education, entertainment, or inspiration.
• Social Proof: Display testimonials, awards, or accomplishments to reinforce credibility.
• Consistency: Maintain a steady output of content to build trust and keep your audience engaged.

By implementing these strategies, you'll not only stand out in a crowded digital landscape but also connect with your audience more effectively.

Listen To Past Podcast Episodes: * How To Get More YouTube Views By Recording Screen Share Tutorials * The Reality of Work, Opportunities, and Family: Struggling to Make Money in a Capitalist World * How To Transform a Single Video Into 10 Pieces of Compelling Content For All The Platforms

Connect with The Podcast Haven: * Homepage * LinkedIn * Blog * YouTube * Instagram

View Details

Send us a text

In this episode, Eric dives into the power of screen share videos and how they can enhance your YouTube channel, engage your audience, and make your content more impactful. If you’re looking to deliver valuable, visually-rich information, screen share videos are the way to go.

Eric shares practical tips for creating these videos, explains why they work so well, and highlights the tools you need to get started. Tune in to learn how to make your videos stand out and keep your audience coming back for more.

What You'll Learn in This Episode:

• Why screen share videos are ideal for educational and how-to content.
• How screen sharing caters to visual learners and increases viewer engagement.
• Examples of content types that benefit from screen sharing:
• Business tutorials (accounting tools, spreadsheets, etc.)
• Content creation workflows (editing videos, adding B-roll, podcast editing).

• Design tips (photo editing in Photoshop, fixing white balance).

• Techniques for integrating screen share into your video production:

• Using a face bubble overlay for personal connection.

• Alternating between screen share, face bubble, and studio shots for engagement.

• Real-life analytics: How Eric’s screen share videos outperform other formats.

• Why screen share videos are effective across niches, including comedy and interviews.
• Tips for starting your own screen share video journey.

Favorite Apps To Record Screen Share Videos:

• QuickTime
• Descript
• Riverside.fm

Listen To Past Podcast Episodes: * The Reality of Work, Opportunities, and Family: Struggling to Make Money in a Capitalist World * How To Transform a Single Video Into 10 Pieces of Compelling Content For All The Platforms * Spotify For Creators: The Rebrand, Vertical Video Clips, Video Monetization, Big Promises, and My Honest Take

Connect with The Podcast Haven:

View Details

Send us a text

Eric shares a raw and unfiltered perspective on the challenges of aligning one's work with personal values, especially for those with families. Reacting to a video from a content creator guru, the host criticizes the popular narrative of turning down financial opportunities for emotional alignment and argues that many people don't have the luxury to do so.

The rant covers burnout, the pressures of hustle culture, and the reality that most people do jobs they don't entirely like just to make ends meet. While some people can afford to make decisions based on emotional fulfillment, most of us are just trying to provide for our families and get through life’s daily challenges.

From addressing hustle culture to the realities of burnout, this episode is a no-BS take on what it means to grind, make ends meet, and find balance without getting lost in the noise of unrealistic expectations. Eric’s tackling the pressure of constant alignment and offering a perspective rooted in practicality, resilience, and hard work.

Key Takeaways:

• Pragmatism over Perfection: Life and work won’t always align perfectly, and that’s okay. Focus on getting things done, even if it’s not ideal.
• Say Yes to Opportunities: Don’t let the idea of “perfect alignment” keep you from saying yes to good opportunities, even if they’re not perfect.
• Manage Burnout Realistically: Everyone faces burnout, but the solution isn’t always walking away. Find ways to manage stress and keep moving forward.
• Watch Out for Gurus: Be wary of advice that overemphasizes alignment or emotional fulfillment, especially when it’s tied to selling courses or coaching services.
• Balance is Key: Work hard, take care of yourself, and look for ways to make life a little easier, but don’t get lost chasing unattainable ideals.
• Keep Grinding: Progress is messy, and life is chaotic, but success comes from consistent effort and learning to manage the stress along the way.

Connect With The Podcast Haven:

• The Podcast Haven Homepage
• Instagram
• Our YouTube
• Listen To Our Flagship Podcast CLIPPED

View Details

Send us a text

Content creation can feel overwhelming, especially when you're balancing family life and running a business. But it doesn't have to be. In this episode, Eric shares his proven strategy for repurposing a single podcast episode into multiple formats, allowing him to maximize reach while saving time. He details how he transforms his podcasts into blog posts, YouTube videos, and social media clips, explaining why this system is a must for creators in today’s content-driven world.

Starting with a podcast, Eric walks through his workflow, from recording both audio and video versions to leveraging AI tools like Descript and Riverside FM for transcription and clip generation. By tapping into these tools, he not only extends the life of his content but also meets his audience where they are—whether they prefer reading, watching, or listening. This streamlined process enables creators to amplify their message without constantly reinventing the wheel.

00:00 Introduction and Content Creation Overview 00:53 Balancing Family and Content Creation 01:32 Starting with a Podcast 02:38 Transcribing and Repurposing Content 05:41 Creating Blog Posts and SEO 08:16 Social Media Strategy 12:46 Studio Tour and Final Thought Connect With The Podcast Haven

https://thepodcasthaven.com

View Details

Send us a text

Spotify has rebranded its Spotify for Podcasters platform into the newly minted Spotify for Creators. This update, launched in November 2024, aims to provide video podcasters with more tools to grow and monetize their shows.

In this episode, Eric dives into what this rebrand means, the new features Spotify has rolled out, and whether or not anyone will actually use them.

Spotify for Creators is Spotify’s attempt to shake things up in the podcast world, especially for video creators. They’ve added a couple of new features designed to make it easier to promote and monetize podcasts.

Sponsor Alert:

This podcast is proudly sponsored by Riverside, our go-to platform for recording podcasts online. We’re big fans of their AI-powered tools, including features for generating show notes, creating transcripts, and our favorite—"Magic Clips." Magic Clips uses AI to effortlessly transform your video content into shareable, short-form vertical clips. It’s a game-changer for repurposing your content. Ready to give it a try? Use promo code CLIPPED at checkout to save 20%!

First, there’s the new video clip upload tool, which allows creators to share vertical short-form clips on Spotify itself. Second, they’ve introduced a monetization option for video podcasts, though the requirements and revenue split might make you pause.

While we applaud Spotify for trying to innovate, the practicality of these features raises questions—like who is really searching Spotify for video clips when platforms like Instagram and YouTube are already dominating the space?

Spotify For Creators Key Features: Vertical Video Clips

• Upload short-form, vertical videos to promote your podcast directly on Spotify.
• Ideal for teasers, promos, and highlights, but let’s be honest—do people really consume short-form content on Spotify?

Full-Length Video Uploads:

• Not a new feature, but a reminder: you can upload your entire video podcast to Spotify so users can choose between audio or video.

Monetization Info:

• Host your podcast on Spotify (no external hosting allowed).
• Publish at least 12 episodes.
• Achieve 10,000 listening hours and 2,000 unique listeners on Spotify in the past 30 days.
• 50/50 split between Spotify and the creator.
• Ads are programmatic, not host-read, and may lack customization.

Spotify is making moves to push podcasting forward, especially for video creators, but with strong competition from platforms like YouTube and TikTok, it’s uncertain whether these features will gain traction or truly impact the podcasting landscape.

Listen To Past Podcast Episodes: * Podcasting Tips For Busy Parents: How to Balance Content Creation and Family Life *

View Details

Send us a text

In this episode of CLIPPED, Eric sits down with Evan Phillips, a multifaceted audio producer, content creator, and YouTube enthusiast. Evan shares his journey from musician to podcast producer and content creator, revealing insights into his creative process, the tools he uses, and the challenges he's overcome.

We dive deep into the podcasting world, video production, and what it takes to create engaging content in today's fast-paced digital landscape. This conversation is packed with actionable advice and relatable stories.

About Evan Phillips

Evan Phillips is the founder of Pod Peak, where he provides top-notch podcast production services for a diverse range of established brands. Beyond podcasting, Evan has carved a niche for himself in the true crime space with his YouTube channel, Northern Crimes, which showcases True crime and mystery from Alaska, Canada & the Pacific Northwest. Over the years, Evan has worked on notable projects like Climbing Gold, a podcast hosted by famed climber Alex Honnold. His expertise spans audio engineering, video production, and storytelling, making him a go-to resource for creatives looking to elevate their content game.

Sponsor Alert:

This episode is brought to you by Riverside.fm—the ultimate platform for podcasters and video creators. Whether you're a seasoned pro or just starting out, Riverside takes your production to the next level with its suite of AI-powered tools. From generating detailed AI Show Notes to creating flawless AI Transcripts, Riverside streamlines your workflow and saves you hours of time. Plus, their AI-driven Short Form Clip Creator effortlessly transforms your content into vertical videos perfect for social media.

Ready to work smarter, not harder? Try Riverside.fm and enter promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

Episode Highlights:

• Podcast Production Insights: Evan shares his workflow for producing podcasts, including his use of tools like Descript and Reaper.
• Social Media Challenges: Discussions on the struggles and strategies of growing an online presence on platforms like Instagram, LinkedIn, and YouTube.
• The Transition to Narrative Storytelling: How Evan is shifting focus to narrative-style podcasts with heavy storytelling elements.
• True Crime YouTube Channel Success: The rise of Northern Crimes and the work that goes into creating compelling, long-form documentary videos.
• Tools and Techniques: A look at CapCut, Track Club, and other tools Evan uses to streamline video and audio production.
• Balancing Creativity and Business: Insights into choosing the right clients and maintaining a sustainable work-life balance.
• Collaboration and Scaling Content Creation: Evan’s approach to working with a team on large-scale projects and YouTube growth.

Connect With Evan Phillips:

• Website
• YouTube

View Details

Send us a text

In this episode of Clipped, Eric explores the challenges of balancing parenting with podcasting and content creation. He shares actionable tips and strategies based on his own experiences, helping parents navigate the chaos of family life while staying consistent with their creative goals. Eric discusses time management, setting boundaries, and even how to reframe guilt into motivation for building something impactful.

Sponsor Alert:

Riverside sponsors this podcast. With Riverside you can create show notes, transcripts and sharable vertical video clips of your show with the click of a button. - https://riverside.fm

Enter promo code CLIPPED for 20% any individual plan.

Listeners will also learn how Eric involves his kids in the creative process, creating a unique opportunity for bonding and inspiration. Whether you’re juggling nap times or late-night recordings, this episode is packed with insights to help you make it all work.

What You’ll Learn:

• How Eric balances family life with podcasting goals
• His time management strategies for parents
• The importance of having a dedicated creative workspace
• How Eric reframes guilt to focus on creating for his family’s future
• Why involving kids in the creative process can be a game-changer

Follow & Engage:

• Follow Clipped on your favorite podcast platform.
• Share your thoughts in the Spotify Q&A section or leave a review!

View Details

Send us a text

In this episode of Clipped, Eric dives deep into the world of backlinks. Building on last week’s conversation with SEO expert Brandon Lebowitz, Eric unpacks the essentials of backlinks and their significance in boosting your content’s visibility online.

Podcast Sponsor:

• Riverside.fm – Get AI-powered show notes, transcripts, and video clips. Use promo code CLIPPED at checkout for 20% off.

Episode Takeaways:

1. What is a backlink? – A simple explanation of how backlinks work as endorsements for your site.
2. Why are backlinks important? – Insights into how backlinks improve search engine rankings and drive traffic.
3. How to get more backlinks – Practical tips like being a guest on podcasts, creating shareable content, and reaching out for link exchanges.

Eric also shares why diversifying your content into audio, video, and written formats is crucial for creating an ecosystem that resonates with all types of audiences. If you’re looking to strengthen your SEO game, this episode is packed with actionable advice to get started.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode:

• Why backlinks act as a "vote of confidence" for Google and other search engines.
• The difference between high-value backlinks from big brands (like Nike) versus smaller sites.
• How backlinks directly impact your site’s traffic and ranking potential.
• Simple strategies to secure more backlinks: guest podcast appearances, shareable content, and link exchanges.
• The importance of repurposing content to create a diverse ecosystem for broader reach.

Connect with Eric:

• Homepage
• LinkedIn
• Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram

View Details

In this episode, Eric speaks with Brandon Lebowitz, founder of SEO Optimizers. Brandon has been optimizing websites since 2007, and his expertise spans across ranking on Google, building YouTube presence, understanding keywords, and more.

They discuss how SEO has changed over the years, the impact of AI on search engine optimization, and the strategic value of content.

Brandon shares practical tips to help you maximize visibility, including methods for keyword research, understanding alt text for images, and building authority through backlinks.

He even touches on how file names for images, videos, and audio files can make a difference in rankings.

Tune in for actionable insights into boosting your website’s search performance and expanding your digital reach.

Key Takeaways: * What is SEO? + SEO (Search Engine Optimization) is the process of ranking websites on search engines like Google to attract free traffic, avoiding the need for paid ads. While Google is the primary platform, SEO tactics can apply to other search engines and platforms like Amazon, Yelp, and YouTube.

• The Importance of Keyword Research

• Keywords are terms people type into search engines to find information. Brandon emphasizes using long-tail keywords (phrases with two or more words) because they typically attract users with a higher intent to purchase or engage. Using free tools like Google Keyword Planner helps to identify high-traffic keywords and tailor content accordingly.

• File Names and Alt Text

• To optimize multimedia files for search engines, Brandon advises using descriptive, keyword-rich file names for images, videos, and audio files before uploading them. For images, adding relevant alt text (alternative text) enhances accessibility and searchability.

• SEO for YouTube

• With YouTube’s integration into Google’s ecosystem, optimizing YouTube videos is vital. Brandon recommends adding keywords to the video title, description, tags, and file name before uploading. Embedding YouTube videos on websites can boost views and is often more effective than linking.

• Adapting to AI in SEO

• AI tools like ChatGPT have transformed content creation and search behaviors, but Brandon highlights that Google prioritizes accuracy. While AI can help generate ideas, it’s essential to ensure information is accurate and beneficial for users to align with Google’s helpful content guidelines.

• Understanding Google’s E-E-A-T Guidelines

• Experience, Expertise, Authority, and Trust (E-E-A-T) are factors Google values for ranking. Websites, especially in fields like health or finance, should demonstrate these qualities through backlinks and authoritative content to build credibility.

• Social Media and Search Behavior Shifts

• Although some users are searching on platforms like Instagram and TikTok, Google remains the top choice for businesses like SEO. However, Brandon mentions that businesses should focus on the platforms where their audience is active and adjust accordingly.

Actionable Tips: * Conduct Thorough Keyword Research: Use tools like Google Keyword Planner to identify high-traffic keywords, including variations in singular and plural forms. * Optimize File Names and Alt Text: Name your image, video, and audio files with clear, relevant keywords. Use alt text for images to improve accessibility and help Google understand your content. * Embed YouTube Videos: Embedding YouTube videos on your website, instead of just linking, boosts engagement and helps rank your videos better on YouTube. * Test Content Formats: Experiment with different content formats (short-form, medium-form, long-form) on YouTube to see what resonates with your audience. * Leverage AI Responsibly: Use AI tools for idea generation, but ensure content accuracy. Google's helpful content update rewards genuine, accurate information. * Adhere to E-E-A-T Standards: Focus on building expertise, authority, and trust with quality backlinks and authoritative content.

You can find more about Brandon’s SEO strategies on his website, where he’s offering a free SEO analysis and additional resources.

Special Offer for Listeners: Brandon is providing a free website analysis for SEO insights. Head over to SEO Optimizers - Free SEO Gift to access this exclusive offer and other valuable SEO resources.

View Details

In this episode of CLIPPED, host Eric reveals a sneak peek of his latest tool, designed to simplify the often-tedious process of finding an available podcast name. Eric introduces listeners to the Podcast Name Availability Search Tool, which checks the availability of podcast names across Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and even URLs, all in one spot. Listen in for a special preview and learn how to use this tool and give feedback before its broader launch.

Sponsor Shoutout: Riverside.fm

Record, edit, create clips, and more with Riverside. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off any individual plan.

Podcast Name Availability Search Tool: Created to help content creators check if their desired podcast name is available across key platforms in one simple search.

Aims to solve the hassle of manually checking Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and URLs.

Available on ThePodcastHaven.com right on the homepage.

How the Tool Works: Type in your desired podcast name, and the tool will show if it’s available on Apple, Spotify, YouTube, and as a URL.

If your chosen name is taken, it suggests alternative options.

Users get three free searches; continued use requires a subscription to Eric’s email list.

Seeking Listener Feedback: Eric invites listeners to be among the first to test the tool and provide feedback on functionality, ease of use, and any bugs or improvements.

Email feedback to Eric at eric@thepodcasthaven.com.

Future Plans: Eric plans to add Instagram, TikTok, and other social platform name checks to make it a comprehensive tool.

A larger promotional launch is expected once the tool is fully polished.

Connect with Eric: * Email: eric@thepodcasthaven.com * Website: ThePodcastHaven.com

Call to Action: Check out the Podcast Name Availability Search Tool, give it a try, and share your feedback!

Thank you for tuning in to CLIPPED! Until next time, keep listening, keep engaging, and keep creating.

Remember to follow and subscribe for more episodes and tips on crushing your content goals.

View Details

Eric delves into the world of email newsletter providers and shares why he made the switch from Mailchimp to Beehive. If you're a creator, podcaster, business owner, or YouTuber looking to grow and monetize your content, this episode is packed with valuable insights just for you.

Eric discusses the critical importance of owning an email list as a direct pipeline to your audience, bypassing the limitations of social media algorithms. He shares his personal journey with Mailchimp, the challenges he faced in growing his subscriber base, and how Beehive's unique features like the Boost program and Ads Marketplace have revitalized his newsletter strategy.

Whether you're just starting out or looking to enhance your current email marketing efforts, this episode offers practical tips on leveraging tools designed specifically for creators.

Episode Highlights: * The necessity of an email newsletter for creators to build a direct relationship with their audience. * Limitations of social media algorithms and how email newsletters can overcome them. * Eric's experience with Mailchimp and the reasons it wasn't meeting his needs. * Introduction to Beehive's Boost feature and how it aids in growing your subscriber list through strategic partnerships. * Monetizing your newsletter with Beehive's Ads Marketplace and the potential revenue streams it opens up. * The motivational impact of initial earnings and how it can fuel your growth strategy. * Actionable tips for starting and growing your own email newsletter for sustained audience engagement.

Sponsor This podcast is sponsored by Riverside.fm, our favorite place to record online interviews. https://www.riverside.fm/?utm_campaign=campaign_4&utm_medium=affiliate&utm_source=rewardful&via=thepodcasthaven

Use promo code CLIPPED at checkout to get 20% off!

Resources * Beehive: https://beehiiv.com * Digital Creator Podcast by Dylan: https://podcast.dylanschmidt.com/?fathom=PodcastClick

Don't forget to follow to Clipped for more tips, resources, and insights to help you crush your online content goals. Keep listening, keep engaging, and keep creating!

About CLIPPED:

CLIPPED is a Podcast Haven Original, proudly created and produced by the team at The Podcast Haven. As a flagship show under The Podcast Haven umbrella, CLIPPED embodies our commitment to empowering podcasters and content creators with the tools, strategies, and insights they need to thrive in the ever-evolving world of digital content.

At The Podcast Haven, we specialize in turning ideas into powerful podcasts, helping creators like you grow and monetize their shows. With CLIPPED, we’re bringing our passion for podcasting to life, offering a deep dive into the art and science of creating impactful audio content. From practical tips on production and storytelling to innovative strategies for growth and monetization, every episode of CLIPPED is designed to help you succeed.

Listen To Past Episodes:

• How Jeff Umbro Built a Podcast Agency: The Journey Behind The Success of Podglomerate
• Hookergate Co-Creator Guy Kelly on Winning iHeartRadio’s Podcast Competition and Creating a True Crime Hit
• Unleash Your Creative Freedom: Content Strategies That Break the Mold

Connect With The Podcast Haven: * The Podcast Haven Homepage * The Podcast Haven Blog * YouTube * Instagram

View Details

Welcome back to "Clipped," the podcast where your host Eric shares invaluable podcast production tips, resources, industry insights, and all the knowledge you need to make your podcasting journey smoother. In this episode, Eric delves into the exciting realm of AI and its transformative role in processing podcast audio.

Join Eric as he explores how AI-powered tools can elevate your audio quality from mediocre to professional studio standards. He discusses his personal philosophy on speech enhancement via AI, offering a balanced view of its advantages and potential pitfalls. Whether you're a novice podcaster or a seasoned pro, this episode provides practical tips to help you harness AI effectively without over-relying on it.

In This Episode, You'll Learn:

• Understanding AI Speech Enhancement Tools: How tools like Descript Studio Sound and Adobe Speech Enhancement can transform your audio quality.
• Pros of Using AI in Audio Processing: Discover how AI can save time, improve consistency, and lower the barrier to entry for podcasters without extensive audio engineering knowledge.
• Cons and Risks of Overprocessing: Learn about the dangers of over-reliance on AI, including unnatural sound quality and audio glitches.
• Striking the Right Balance: Tips on how to use AI as a helpful tool without letting it become a crutch, including recommended settings to avoid overprocessing.
• Practical Advice for Beginners and Pros: Whether you're new to AI or looking to refine your approach, get actionable insights tailored to your experience level.
• Eric's Personal Insights and Experiences: Hear real-world examples and lessons learned from Eric's own journey with AI in audio production.
• Call to Action for Experimentation: Encouragement to try out AI tools yourself, starting conservatively and adjusting to suit your unique needs.

Tune in to discover how AI can be a game-changer in your podcast production workflow when used thoughtfully and effectively. Don't forget to visit thepodcasthaven.com for more resources, tips, and over a hundred articles covering everything from equipment recommendations to audience growth strategies.

View Details

In this show, Eric engages in a detailed conversation with Jeff Umbro, the founder of Podglomerate, exploring Jeff's journey from aspiring writer to successful podcast agency owner. Eric highlights Jeff's New Hampshire roots, his unexpected path into entrepreneurship, and the serendipitous beginnings of Podglomerate.

Sponsor Alert:

This episode of Clipped is proudly sponsored by Riverside.fm, the leading platform for recording studio-quality podcasts and video content right from your browser. If you want to try Riverside for the first time, enter promo code CLIPPED to get 20% off.

Throughout the discussion, Jeff shares his passion for podcasts, detailing how his business model evolved over time and offering insights into different strategies for podcast production and promotion. Key topics covered include Jeff's experience with original content creation, Podglomerate’s wide-ranging services—spanning production, marketing, and monetization—and how he approaches collaborations with clients. Jeff emphasizes the significance of setting realistic podcasting goals, discussing both paid and organic marketing strategies. He wraps up by offering practical advice on podcast marketing tailored to various client goals, and reflects on the challenges and rewards of running a media company.

Episode Breakdown:

• 00:00 Introduction and Casual Setup
• 00:37 Guest Background and Early Career
• 04:01 Journey into Podcasting
• 07:12 Starting Podglomerate
• 11:12 Business Model Evolution
• 14:18 Clientele and Marketing Insights
• 18:46 Podcast Perspectives: A New Venture
• 19:12 Reflecting on Past Podcasting Experiences
• 20:10 The Evolution of Podcasting
• 23:24 Original Content vs. Client Shows
• 28:40 Marketing Strategies for Podcasts
• 32:49 The Importance of Realistic Goals
• 38:15 Final Thoughts and Contact Information

Connect With Podglomerate:

• Podglomerate Website
• Podglomerate LinkedIn
• Podglomerate Instagram
• Podglomerate YouTube

Connect With Jeff Umbro:

• Jeff's LinkedIn

About CLIPPED:

CLIPPED is a Podcast Haven Original, proudly created and produced by the team at The Podcast Haven. As a flagship show under The Podcast Haven umbrella, CLIPPED embodies our commitment to empowering podcasters and content creators with the tools, strategies, and insights they need to thrive in the ever-evolving world of digital content.

At The Podcast Haven, we specialize in turning ideas into powerful podcasts, helping creators like you grow and monetize their shows. With CLIPPED, we’re bringing our passion for podcasting to life, offering a deep dive into the art and science of creating impactful audio content. From practical tips on production and storytelling to innovative strategies for growth and monetization, every episode of CLIPPED is designed to help you succeed.

Connect With The Podcast Haven: * The Podcast Haven Homepage * The Podcast Haven Blog * YouTube * Instagram

View Details

In this episode, Eric discusses the recent changes to the Amazon Influencer Program, highlighting the increase in carousel slots from six to twenty and the introduction of status levels (bronze, silver, gold, and platinum) based on performance metrics.

He explains how points are earned through sales and link clicks, and details the benefits associated with each status level, encouraging creators to enhance their content to improve their chances of being featured.

Sponsor Alert:

This episode of Clipped is proudly sponsored by Riverside.fm, the leading platform for recording studio-quality podcasts and video content right from your browser. If you want to try Riverside for the first time, enter promo code CLIPPED to get 20% off.

Amazon Influencer Program 2024 Takeaways: * The Amazon Influencer Program has introduced significant changes. * There are now 20 carousel slots available for videos. * Status levels include bronze, silver, gold, and platinum. * Points are earned through shipped revenue and link clicks. * $100 in shipped revenue equals one point. * 1,000 link clicks equal one point. * Status is maintained for the current and following quarter. * Each status level offers unique benefits and perks. * Gold status provides promo codes for followers. * Platinum status includes exclusive gift boxes and events.

About CLIPPED:

CLIPPED is a Podcast Haven Original, proudly created and produced by the team at The Podcast Haven. As a flagship show under The Podcast Haven umbrella, CLIPPED embodies our commitment to empowering podcasters and content creators with the tools, strategies, and insights they need to thrive in the ever-evolving world of digital content.

At The Podcast Haven, we specialize in turning ideas into powerful podcasts, helping creators like you grow and monetize their shows. With CLIPPED, we’re bringing our passion for podcasting to life, offering a deep dive into the art and science of creating impactful audio content. From practical tips on production and storytelling to innovative strategies for growth and monetization, every episode of CLIPPED is designed to help you succeed.

Listen To Past Episodes:

• Unleash Your Creative Freedom: Content Strategies That Break The Mold
• Inside Podcast Movement 2024: Networking, Parties, and Industry Insights – Featuring Jay Yow, Producer of The James Altucher Show
• Podcast Movement 2024 Day 2: Grow The Show, Audio Sigma, Pod Launch HQ, Story on Media, Podcast Marketing, and B&H

Connect With The Podcast Haven: * The Podcast Haven Homepage * The Podcast Haven Blog * YouTube * Instagram

View Details

In this episode of Clipped, host Eric is joined by Guy Kelly, an accomplished graphic designer and the creative force behind the eye-catching cover art of the award-winning podcast "Hooker Gate."

They delve into the critical role that cover art and thumbnails play in attracting listeners and how exceptional design contributed to "Hooker Gate" winning the iHeartRadio "Next Great Podcast" competition.

Guy shares his journey from studying graphic design in college to making a significant impact in the publishing industry, and how his background influences his approach to designing for the digital landscape.

What You'll Learn:

• The Crucial Role of Cover Art and Thumbnails: Understand why visual elements are vital for attracting and retaining podcast listeners.
• Leveraging Graphic Design Skills: Learn how Guy's expertise in graphic design enhances podcast branding and listener engagement.
• Creating Compelling Visuals: Discover practical tips for designing cover art that effectively conveys your podcast's message and stands out in a crowded market.
• Balancing Aesthetics and Functionality: Explore the intersection of beauty and usability in design to create impactful visuals.
• Insights into the Design Process: Gain behind-the-scenes knowledge of the podcast production process and the integral role of design.

Key Topics Discussed:

• Guy Kelly's transition from music to graphic design and his passion for creating physical products.
• The impact of professionally designed cover art on podcast success and listener attraction.
• Common trends and pitfalls in podcast cover art, including overused design elements.
• The importance of a cohesive branding strategy across all podcast elements.
• Debunking myths about the necessity of including faces on cover art.
• Strategies for podcasters to improve their visual branding, even without a design background.

Quotes from the Episode:

• "The thumbnail is so important. The title is really important. Those two things are the most important for getting people to click on your podcast." – Guy Kelly
• "I found that the part of my brain that perfected working on complex projects was the same I used in putting together the podcast." – Guy Kelly
• "There's a lot more complex stuff you can do to communicate something without having a face on it." – Guy Kelly

Connect With Guy:

• Guy Kelly's Website: guykelly.com
• Guy's LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/guy-kelly-30379814b

Connect With CLIPPED:

• The Podcast Haven Homepage
• Instagram
• Our YouTube
• TikTok
• Listen To CLIPPED on Apple Podcasts
• Listen To CLIPPED on Spotify

View Details

In this episode, Eric chats with Guy Kelly, co-creator of the hit true crime podcast "Hookergate." They dive deep into Guy's journey from his Kentucky roots to becoming a graphic designer, musician, and successful podcast creator. They reminisce about their shared love of music and discuss Guy's background in bands, his transition to podcasting, and the creative process behind "Hookergate."

Guy tells the audience how winning the Next Great Podcast Competition led to the creation of "Hookergate," an acclaimed true crime podcast produced with iHeart. He reveals the challenges and triumphs of producing a true crime podcast, including developing a unique sound design and navigating the intricacies of working with a major network.

Sponsor:

This episode of Clipped is proudly sponsored by Riverside.fm, the leading platform for recording studio-quality podcasts and video content right from your browser. If you want to try Riverside for the first time, enter promo code CLIPPED to get 20% off.

Eric is diving into why you should be prioritizing YouTube as a platform for your podcast. With features like YouTube Music and a dedicated podcast playlist, YouTube is creating new opportunities for growth and discoverability.

But it's not just about uploading your episodes; there are specific steps to make sure your podcast shows up in the right places, and Eric is covering all that and more.

Episode Highlights:

• Eric welcomes Guy Kelly to the show and discusses their meeting at Podcast Movement in Los Angeles and Washington, D.C.
• Guy shares his Kentucky roots, love for music, and journey to becoming a musician.
• The transition from early piano lessons to discovering Nirvana, Green Day, and developing a passion for rock music.
• Touring with local bands and the evolution from playing small gigs to larger stages.
• The origins of "Hookergate"—how a chance discovery of old newspaper clippings inspired a new podcast idea.
• Entering and winning the iHeart Next Great Podcast competition with a 60-second trailer.
• Behind-the-scenes of creating "Hookergate": from research and concept to producing a compelling true crime podcast.
• Insights into the remote collaboration process, tools used for production, and the importance of music and sound design.
• Discussing the role of graphic design in podcast marketing and how Guy's background shaped the show's visual identity.
• Navigating the business side of podcasting, working with iHeart, managing creative control, and understanding the ownership model.
• What’s next for Guy Kelly? A sneak peek into future projects and upcoming plans for "Hookergate."

Connect with Guy Kelly:

• Website: https://guykelly.com
• LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/guy-kelly-30379814b/

Subscribe & Review: If you enjoyed this episode, be sure to subscribe to CLIPPED and leave a review. Your feedback helps us create the best content for you!

About CLIPPED:

CLIPPED is a Podcast Haven Original, proudly created and produced by the team at The Podcast Haven. As a flagship show under The Podcast Haven umbrella, CLIPPED embodies our commitment to empowering podcasters and content creators with the tools, strategies, and insights they need to thrive in the ever-evolving world of digital content.

At The Podcast Haven, we specialize in turning ideas into powerful podcasts, helping creators like you grow and monetize their shows. With CLIPPED, we’re bringing our passion for podcasting to life, offering a deep dive into the art and science of creating impactful audio content. From practical tips on production and storytelling to innovative strategies for growth and monetization, every episode of CLIPPED is designed to help you succeed.

View Details

Today, Eric is breaking down the rise of podcasting on YouTube, a platform that’s quickly becoming essential for podcast growth. With YouTube investing heavily in its podcasting ecosystem, it's more crucial than ever to consider adding a video component to your show.

Sponsor:

This episode of Clipped is proudly sponsored by Riverside.fm, the leading platform for recording studio-quality podcasts and video content right from your browser. If you want to try Riverside for the first time, enter promo code CLIPPED to get 20% off.

Eric is diving into why you should be prioritizing YouTube as a platform for your podcast. With features like YouTube Music and a dedicated podcast playlist, YouTube is creating new opportunities for growth and discoverability.

But it's not just about uploading your episodes; there are specific steps to make sure your podcast shows up in the right places, and Eric is covering all that and more.

Episode Highlights:

• YouTube's Growing Podcast Community: Eric explains why YouTube is becoming a hub for both podcasters and listeners, and what this means for you.
• How to Get Your Podcast on YouTube Music: Eric walks you through a step-by-step guide to setting up your podcast so it appears in YouTube Music's dedicated podcast section.
• The Importance of YouTube Music: Eric discusses how YouTube is leaning heavily on YouTube Music as its primary podcasting platform and why this could be a game-changer for your show.
• Audio vs. Video: Eric lays out the benefits of incorporating video into your podcast strategy and the potential growth opportunities you might be missing if you stick to audio-only.
• Discoverability on YouTube: Eric shares how YouTube's algorithm can help your podcast reach a new audience and the best practices you need to follow for maximum visibility.
• Monetization Opportunities on YouTube: Eric dives into the different ways you can monetize your podcast on YouTube, including ad revenue, memberships, and more.
• Engagement Strategies: Eric offers tips on how to use YouTube's unique features—like live chats, comments, and polls—to foster a more interactive community.
• Real-Life Success Stories: Eric shares examples of podcasters who have successfully integrated YouTube into their strategy and the positive impact it had on their growth.

About CLIPPED:

CLIPPED is a Podcast Haven Original, proudly created and produced by the team at The Podcast Haven. As a flagship show under The Podcast Haven umbrella, CLIPPED embodies our commitment to empowering podcasters and content creators with the tools, strategies, and insights they need to thrive in the ever-evolving world of digital content.

At The Podcast Haven, we specialize in turning ideas into powerful podcasts, helping creators like you grow and monetize their shows. With CLIPPED, we’re bringing our passion for podcasting to life, offering a deep dive into the art and science of creating impactful audio content. From practical tips on production and storytelling to innovative strategies for growth and monetization, every episode of CLIPPED is designed to help you succeed.

View Details

Ready to unleash your creative freedom and break the mold with content that truly inspires you? In this episode of CLIPPED, we’re diving deep into content strategies that defy the typical rules and go beyond just playing by the numbers. Forget focusing solely on data and target audiences—let’s explore how to create content that's authentic, aligned with your passions, and breaks through the noise!

We’ll cover:

• Why breaking away from traditional strategies can elevate your creative journey.
• How to balance business goals with your creative freedom.
• Drawing inspiration from iconic music legends and standout brands like Manscaped and Happy Dad.

If you're feeling the urge to create differently and bring more authenticity to your work, this episode is a must-listen. Whether you're a podcaster, content creator, or someone looking to infuse more originality into your projects, join us as we explore how to craft content that aligns with what truly drives you.

Need help launching your podcast? Visit The Podcast Haven and fill out our contact form to discuss your vision and strategy. Let’s chat about how we can help you crush your content goals!

About CLIPPED:

CLIPPED is a Podcast Haven Original, proudly created and produced by the team at The Podcast Haven. As a flagship show under The Podcast Haven umbrella, CLIPPED embodies our commitment to empowering podcasters and content creators with the tools, strategies, and insights they need to thrive in the ever-evolving world of digital content.

At The Podcast Haven, we specialize in turning ideas into powerful podcasts, helping creators like you grow and monetize their shows. With CLIPPED, we’re bringing our passion for podcasting to life, offering a deep dive into the art and science of creating impactful audio content. From practical tips on production and storytelling to innovative strategies for growth and monetization, every episode of CLIPPED is designed to help you succeed.

View Details

Podcast Movement, the largest annual conference dedicated to the podcasting industry, brings together podcasters, industry professionals, and vendors from around the world. This year, the event took place in Washington, D.C., and featured an exciting lineup of panels, workshops, and networking opportunities. I attended alongside my guest, Jay Yow, a seasoned audio engineer with over 16 years of experience in the industry. Jay is the producer of the James Altucher Show and has worked with renowned names like Benedict Cumberbatch, Mike Myers, and Dashboard Confessional. In addition to his podcasting work, Jay's background spans both the music and podcast industries, showcasing his versatility and expertise in audio production. Together, we navigated Podcast Movement, exploring everything the event had to offer.

CLIPPED Sponsor:

This episode of Clipped is sponsored by Riverside.fm, the leading platform for high-quality remote podcast recording. With features like AI-powered video clips, show notes, and transcripts, Riverside makes it easy to create professional content. Use promo code CLIPPED at checkout to get 20% off your subscription at Riverside.fm

In this episode, we dive into the purpose of Podcast Movement and share some of the highlights and key takeaways. We recount some of the fantastic people we met, like Arielle from Descript, Guy Kelly from "Hookergate," and the crew from B&H, among others. We also discuss the exciting Topgolf party hosted by iHeartRadio, our experiences meeting and networking with vendors, and the insights gained from attending the panels. From the gear we checked out to the people we connected with, this episode captures the essence of what makes Podcast Movement a must-attend event for anyone in the podcasting space.

Podcast Movement Highlights: * Networking with Industry Pros: Meeting key players like Arielle from Descript, Guy Kelly, the creator of "Hookergate," and reps from B&H and Vox Media. * Live Podcast Recording: Participating in a live podcast with B&H, highlighting the Mevo Camera by Logitech and Shure microphones. * Topgolf Party by iHeartRadio: Sharing laughs and swings at the iHeartRadio Topgolf party—Jay's first time swinging a golf club! * Vendor Connections: Engaging with industry vendors such as Mopod, Descript, and Shure, building valuable relationships for future collaborations. * Highlighting Kids Podcasts: Discovering the niche world of kids' podcasting through shows like "Culture Kids" by Kristen. * New Tech on Display: Exploring new gear and products like the Mevo Camera and Shure microphones, perfect for podcasters and content creators. * Learning the Ropes: Discussing panels and workshops about podcast growth, marketing, and production techniques. * Meeting Podcast Celebrities: Rubbing shoulders with notable names in the podcasting world, including the team from SiriusXM and Spotify. * Behind the Scenes with Vox Media: Jay's insightful chat about tech and engineering with Miles from Vox Media. * The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly: Reflecting on the highs and lows of the event, including the pricey logistics and some cringy sales pitches.

Resources:

• Jay’s previous episode on CLIPPED

Listen To Past Episodes: * Podcast Movement 2024: Day 1 Takeaways and Must-Know Industry Leaders * Apple Podcast Chart Secrets: How to Rank, Grow Your Podcast, Gain Followers, and Get More Downloads * The Podcast Host’s Colin Gray on SEO, Affiliate Marketing, Audience Growth and Digital Products

Connect With The Podcast Haven: * The Podcast Haven Homepage * The Podcast Haven Blog * YouTube * Instagram

View Details

In this episode, Eric highlights some of his favorite people on Day 2 of Podcast Movement 2024.

Key Podcast Service Providers to Check Out:

• Seth Silvers - Story on Media and Aquisition.com
• Kevin Chemidlin - Grow The Show
• Jeremy Enns - Podcast Marketing Academy
• Courtney Elmer - Pod Launch HQ

Audio Sigma:

Incredible sounding audio interfaces for podcasters - https://audiosigma.com/

Connect with Clipped

• The Podcast Haven Homepage
• Read The Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram

View Details

In this episode, Eric is reporting from his hotel room at Podcast Movement 2024. You’ll hear about Day 1 of the event, including the setting, the people, the vendors, and the rad connections he's made so far.

Eric thinks these people can help you with your podcast production and growth, so he’s introducing them to you below.

CLIPPED Sponsor:

This podcast is sponsored by Riverside.fm - Enter promo code CLIPPED at checkout for 20% off.

Check Out These Podcast Industry Heavy Hitters:

• Jay Yow - Great if you need podcast production help.
• Podchaser - Sign up and enter your podcast credits. Perfect for your resume.
• Jeremy Enns - Offers podcasting marketing courses and a dope email newsletter called “Scrappy Podcasting” with tons of podcast marketing info.
• Tink Media - Ideal if you’re ready to hire a podcast growth and PR agency.

That’s it for Day 1 of Podcast Movement. Stay tuned for a special episode drop tomorrow highlighting Day 2.

Resources:

• The Podcast Haven’s Article on Podchaser

Connect with Clipped

• The Podcast Haven Homepage
• Read The Blog
• YouTube
• Instagram

View Details

This episode covers the Apple Podcast charts and their impact. Eric breaks down what the charts are, how to find them, and the key to getting on them—rapidly gaining new followers. He also shares his experience with being on the charts and the resulting growth in his show, highlighting how chart placement can open doors to new opportunities and further growth.

Episode Sponsor:

We're sponsored by Riverside.fm, our favorite platform for high-quality remote podcast recording, now with powerful AI tools that enhance your audio and video. Riverside's AI will take your recordings and effortlessly cut them into video clips for social media, write your show notes, and generate transcripts—all at the click of a button. Whether you're hosting interviews, co-hosted shows, or live streaming, Riverside.fm has you covered. Give it a try and enter promo code CLIPPED at checkout for 20% off any individual plan.

Episode Takeaways:

• How to Access Apple Podcast Charts: You can find the Apple Podcast charts on both mobile and desktop by navigating to the "Top Charts" section and selecting your preferred category.
• What Happens After Charting: Achieving a spot on the Apple Podcast charts can lead to increased visibility, more downloads, and higher engagement. However, the impact varies; some shows experience significant growth, while others may see more modest results.
• Personal Experience with Charting: Eric shared that his show saw a substantial spike in downloads when it ranked on the charts, with a significant increase in followers and overall engagement.
• Sustainability of Growth: While the initial spike in downloads from charting may taper off, the boost in followers can help maintain a higher baseline of downloads for future episodes.
• Importance of Social Proof: Charting can serve as valuable social proof, making your show more appealing to potential sponsors and new listeners.
• Long-Term Benefits: Even after falling off the charts, the followers gained during the peak can continue to support the show's growth and engagement.
• Strategy Beyond Podcasting: Expanding into SEO and writing content related to your podcast episodes can help drive more traffic to your website and increase podcast discoverability.

Listen To Past Episodes: * Grow Your Podcast Audience with Spotify Comments * Mike Wiston CEO of MowPod: Building Communities, Podcast Growth, Leadership and Crushing It As a Dad – Part 1 * Mike Wiston CEO of MowPod: Building Communities, Podcast Growth, Leadership and Crushing It As a Dad – Part 2

Connect With The Podcast Haven: * The Podcast Haven Homepage * Read The Blog * YouTube * Instagram

View Details

Colin Gray, founder of The Podcast Host, discusses his journey in podcasting and its evolution in the UK and Europe. He emphasizes the importance of integrating written content with audio for podcast growth and the impact of Google updates on website traffic. Genuine, helpful, and human-created content is crucial for standing out in search engine rankings.

Colin shares his early experiences with affiliate marketing and the slow growth of his blog, underscoring the importance of hard work and long-term commitment. He highlights the significance of technical SEO and keyword research in blog posts, mentioning tools like SEMrush and Ahrefs to monitor traffic and keyword trends. Listening to the audience and using their questions and problems as content ideas is essential. Building an email list is also crucial for audience engagement and staying connected with listeners.

Additionally, Colin talks about the development of Alitu, a podcast editing and hosting tool, and future plans for expanding the Creator Toolbox brand. He discusses the role of sponsored content and the shift towards building a business around a podcast rather than relying solely on sponsorships.

Sponsor:

This podcast is sponsored by Riverside.fm, our favorite place to record online interviews. For 20% off new users can enter promo code CLIPPED at checkout.

Episode Takeaways:

• Podcasting has evolved significantly in the UK and Europe, with more companies and influencers entering the space.
• Written content alongside audio is crucial for podcast growth, enhancing search engine rankings and providing a comprehensive listener experience.
• Google updates have impacted website traffic, but creating genuine, helpful, and human-created content can mitigate these effects.
• Affiliate marketing can be valuable for podcasters, though it requires time and effort to yield significant results.
• Success in podcasting demands patience, hard work, and long-term commitment.
• Technical SEO and keyword research are vital for improving blog post rankings and attracting organic traffic.
• Listening to the audience and addressing their questions and problems can generate valuable content ideas.
• Building an email list is essential for audience engagement and maintaining connections with listeners.
• Alitu simplifies podcast creation through editing and hosting tools.
• The Creator Toolbox brand is expanding to offer resources and guidance for content creators.
• Sponsored content can be a viable revenue stream, but building a business around a podcast provides more reliability and scalability.

Connect With Colin Gray:

• LinkedIn
• Website

Connect With Eric Montgomery:

• LinkedIn
• Website

View Details

This week, Eric's continuing his conversation with Mike Wiston, CEO and Founder of mowpod. Mike delves into the intricacies of podcast monetization, networking, entrepreneurship, and balancing family life while running a successful online business.

This Weeks Sponsor: Riverside.fm - Enter promo code CLIPPED at checkout to get 20% off any individual plan. Riverside is the best place to record audio and video podcasts online.

Key Topics Discussed In This Episode:

1. Podcasting as a Business: Mike emphasizes the importance of understanding the business side of podcasting and not just focusing on content creation. Learn how to secure sponsorships, even with a small audience.
2. Growth and Networking: Eric and Mike talk about the necessity of networking and how the podcasting community is similar to the punk rock scene in terms of collaboration and support.
3. Monetization Strategies: Dive into why traditional CPM advertising may not be sufficient and how sponsorships can be a more lucrative avenue for podcasters.
4. The Role of Video in Podcasting: Explore the debate between audio-only vs. video podcasts and what might work best depending on the goals and content type.
5. Short-form Video Content: A discussion on the value of short-form video clips for awareness and branding versus their effectiveness in driving podcast downloads.
6. Balancing Work and Family: Mike shares his personal philosophy on prioritizing family while managing a business and staying organized.

Connect with Mike Wiston:

Mike Wiston Try Mowpod

Equipment Used in This Video:

• Shure MV7
• Sony MD7506 Headphones
• On-Air Sign
• Phillip Hue Go

Favorite Podcast Microphones:

• Shure SM58
• Shure SM7B
• Rode Podcaster
• Audio-Technica ATR2100x
• Heil Sound PR 40
• Rode PodMic
• Electro-Voice RE20
• Shure MV7 USB
• Rode NT-USB Mini USB Microphone
• Rode Procaster
• Samson Q2U

As an Amazon Affiliate, I earn from qualifying purchases.

Connect with Us:

• Clipped on Apple Podcasts
• Clipped on Spotify
• The Podcast Haven Website

View Details

Mike Wiston, CEO of MowPod, shares his journey from being a self-proclaimed 'total mess up' to becoming a successful entrepreneur. He discusses the importance of understanding every aspect of a business and the value of hands-on experience. Mike highlights the role of AI in podcast audience growth and the necessity of a strong organic growth strategy before implementing paid strategies.

He emphasizes the power of Facebook groups for building a community, his love for live events, and the significance of conversation and relationships in business. Mike and Eric delve into the importance of building relationships and having conversations in networking and entrepreneurship. They stress the value of understanding others, connecting with them, and approaching conversations without expectations.

They also discuss podcasting, covering the role of video in podcasting and the importance of having a clear goal and strategy for monetization. They underscore the significance of testing, staying organized, and seeking support from others in the entrepreneurial journey. Additionally, they mention the podcasting scene in Japan and the challenges of monetization in the Asian market.

Takeaways:

• Understanding every aspect of a business is crucial for effective leadership.
• A strong organic growth strategy is essential before implementing paid strategies.
• Facebook groups can be a powerful tool for building a community and driving engagement.
• Live events provide opportunities for networking and building relationships.
• Conversation and relationships play a vital role in business success.
• Building relationships and having conversations are crucial in networking and entrepreneurship.
• Understanding others and connecting with them is more important than pushing your own product or agenda.
• Having a clear goal and strategy for monetization is essential in podcasting.
• Testing, staying organized, and seeking support from others are key to success in entrepreneurship.
• The podcasting scene in Japan faces challenges in monetization.

Listen To Past Episodes: * Stop Stressing Over Brand Identity! * The Top 5 Reasons LinkedIn Can Skyrocket The Organic Discoverability of Your Content * The Advantage of Being an Older Content Creator

Connect With The Podcast Haven: * The Podcast Haven Homepage * Read The Blog * YouTube * Instagram

View Details

In this episode, Eric introduces a new feature from Spotify that allows users to comment directly on podcast episodes through the Spotify mobile app. He shares insights on this update and discusses its potential to enhance listener engagement and foster community.

Podcast Sponsor: To get 20% any individual Riverside.fm plan, enter promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

Episode Takeaways:

• Spotify's New Commenting Feature**: Learn how to leave comments on podcast episodes using the Spotify mobile app and the benefits it brings to both listeners and podcast hosts.
• Engagement and Community Building**: Eric discusses the impact of the new commenting feature on audience engagement and community building within the podcasting space.
• How to Access Comments as a Host**: Instructions for podcast hosts on how to view and manage comments through Spotify for Podcasters.

Additional Resources and Episodes:

• Episode on Spotify for Podcasters: Dive deeper into using Spotify for Podcasters to track analytics and other features.
• Episode on Spotify's Polls and Q&As: Explore the interactive features that Spotify has previously introduced to aid podcasters.

View Details

In this episode, Eric gets into the concept of “brand identity”. As content creators, we often hear about the importance of defining our brand, but what does that really mean?

What You'll Learn:

• The basics of brand identity and why it matters.
• The reality for new content creators and how to embrace evolution within your brand.
• Why you shouldn't stress too much about your brand identity at the beginning.
• Insights on letting your brand develop naturally over time.

Sponsor: Riverside.fm

Take your podcast to the next level with Riverside's new AI features! Create video clips for your podcast in seconds using their magic clips feature. Enjoy improved remote recording, better syncing, enhanced transcripts, and a host of other AI-driven tools.

Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off at Riverside.fm.

Key Takeaways:

• Don't pigeonhole yourself early on with a rigid brand identity.
• Your brand will evolve as you gain more experience and insights.
• Focus on creating content that resonates with you and your audience.
• Think of your brand like a band's music—it can evolve while staying true to its core.

Connect with Us:

For more tips and resources on podcasting, visit The Podcast Haven.

Have questions or need advice?

Fill out the contact form on the website, and I'll get back to you.

Also! Check out our blog for articles on equipment, growth, marketing strategies, and more.

View Details

In this week's show, Eric shares five compelling reasons why LinkedIn should be a key part of your content strategy. Learn how to leverage LinkedIn to boost your organic reach, network with professionals, and grow your brand.

Why LinkedIn?

Well, for starters, LinkedIn's organic discoverability is exceptional, making it one of the best platforms to get your content seen without the limitations of the restrictive algorithms on the “other platforms”.

So, whether you’re a podcaster, YouTuber, or blogger, these tips will help you take advantage of LinkedIn's unique features to become a better content creator. Tune in to discover how LinkedIn can enhance your content strategy!

We’re Sponsored By Riverside.fm: Check out their new Conversation Studio for enhanced transcription, improved online recording, better syncing, and more. Head over to Riverside.fm and use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

Top 5 Reasons to Be on LinkedIn as a Content Creator:

• Organic Reach: LinkedIn's algorithm favors meaningful engagement, allowing your content to reach more people quickly without the need for paid ads. This organic visibility is a cost-effective way to grow your audience.
• Low Barrier to Entry: Writing content for LinkedIn is straightforward and doesn't require fancy graphics or video editing skills. You can easily share your thoughts and expertise through written posts.
• Establish Authority: Consistently posting valuable content helps you build a reputation as an expert in your field. LinkedIn's professional audience is likely to resonate with your insights, boosting your credibility.
• Networking Opportunities: LinkedIn is ideal for building professional connections. Engage with other professionals in your industry, participate in discussions, and potentially invite new contacts to your podcast or collaborations.
• Sales and Prospecting: LinkedIn is a powerful platform for sales and lead generation. Share case studies, post offers, and reach out directly to potential clients in a professional context, increasing the chances of converting connections into customers.

Eric's LinkedIn:

https://www.linkedin.com/in/eric-montgomery-69344a39/

Until next time, keep listening, keep engaging, and keep creating.

View Details

In this episode, Eric explores a topic that will resonate with "elder millennials" and those over 40 who are making waves in content creation. If you’re part of this age group and feel overshadowed by the younger generation’s viral successes, this episode is made for you!

What You’ll Learn:

• The Advantage of Experience: Discover how your life experiences can enrich your content, making it more relatable and authentic.
• Perspective on Fame & Metrics: Understand why a mature outlook can lead to more genuine and enjoyable content creation.
• Stability Equals Creative Freedom: Learn how financial and personal stability can set the stage for stress-free creativity.
• Creating for Fulfillment, Not Fame: Shift your focus from vanity metrics to personal satisfaction in your creative journey.
• Tapping Into a Growing Demographic: Uncover the potential of reaching and resonating with an audience that shares your life experiences.

Sponsored by Riverside: For a superior recording experience, check out Riverside’s latest updates. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off at riverside.fm.

Engage with Us:

We’d love to hear your thoughts on today’s topic or any questions you have about content creation. Reach out to us on Instagram at @thePodcastHaven.

Follow for More Insights:

Stay tuned for more tips and insights on making your mark in the content creation world. Whether you’re just starting or looking to redefine your approach, we’re here to help you succeed.

View Details

This week, Eric dives into the key strategies he's using to supercharge his brand growth. Even with the exciting anticipation of welcoming his second baby girl, Eric ensures that he shares valuable insights on how to boost your personal brand.

Sponsor Shoutout:

We're sponsored by Riverside.fm our favorite place to record 4k video directly from our web browser. If you're new to Riverside, enter promo code CLIPPED for 20% off. -

In this episode, he breaks down five powerful tactics, including leveraging his podcast, utilizing paid growth strategies, maximizing video content, and more. Tune in to discover actionable tips that can help elevate your content creation game and expand your brand's reach.

Episode Highlights:

• Podcast as the Core of Brand Growth:

  • The podcast is the centerpiece of Eric's brand, distributed across major platforms like Apple and Spotify.
  • Solo episodes and guest highlights focus on podcast tools, strategies, and industry insights.

  • Paid Growth Strategy with Overcast:

  • Overcast allows for targeted advertising, displaying your podcast to relevant audiences.

  • Eric's ad campaign on Overcast resulted in 36 new subscribers from over 1,000 clicks.

  • Promoting Specific Episodes with mowPod:

  • mowPod offers a similar service to Overcast but focuses on promoting individual podcast episodes.

  • This strategy is effective for boosting visibility of high-performing or overlooked episodes.

  • Video Content Strategy:

  • In addition to podcast videos, Eric creates content reviewing audio products and offering content creation tips.

  • Videos are posted on YouTube with a focus on catchy titles, hashtags, and chapters to improve searchability.

  • Social Media Engagement:

  • Eric uses Instagram for video clips generated through Riverside's AI magic clips feature.

  • LinkedIn is a major platform for Eric, where he shares written content, engages with other creators, and builds his follower base.

  • Growing the Blog:

  • The blog on PodcastHaven.com is a major growth channel, attracting 4,000-6,000 visits per month.

  • Eric utilizes SEO tools like hrefs to find high-traffic, low-competition keywords to drive blog traffic.
  • The blog includes affiliate links to monetize the content.

By implementing these strategies, Eric is hitting multiple channels—audio, video, written content, and social media—to reach a wider audience and grow his personal brand.

Whether you're a content creator or looking to build your brand, these tips can help you engage with your audience effectively across different platforms.

Resources Mentioned:

• Overcast.fm
• mowPod
• Riverside.fm
• ahrefs

View Details

1. Lack of Integrated Business Model

2. Simply relying on ads isn't enough.

3. Your podcast should be part of a larger business ecosystem.
4. Promote your services or agency through your podcast.

5. Without this, seeing significant returns will be tough.

6. Insufficient SEO Knowledge

7. Ranking on Google is harder due to AI and frequent updates.

8. Google favors relevant, useful content.
9. Your podcast and website need to meet EEAT (Experience, Expertise, Authoritativeness, Trustworthiness) criteria.

10. Without these, your visibility will be limited.

11. Difficulty in Building an Entertainment Podcast

12. Entertainment podcasts are hard to grow without an existing following.

13. Competing with established talents is tough.
14. Offering educational or informative content can help build a loyal audience.

15. The entertainment market is saturated with high-quality options.

16. Necessity of Solo Episodes

17. Solo episodes help establish your authority and influence.

18. Showcase your expertise and address your audience's concerns.
19. Relying only on interviews can dilute your brand.

20. If you're uncomfortable with solo content, reconsider podcasting.

21. Overreliance on Ad Revenue

22. Ad revenue requires a massive number of downloads.

23. Only the top 10% of podcasts achieve significant ad revenue.
24. New podcasters need additional revenue streams like products or services.
25. Creating a sustainable business model is crucial.

These are the key reasons to reconsider starting a podcast in 2024. Address these challenges with a solid strategy and podcasting can still be rewarding. Keep creating, keep engaging. Until next time!

Listen To Past Episodes: * My Results Buying Podcast Downloads From mowPod: Part 2 * Boost Your Podcast Downloads With mowPod: A Guide To Paid Promotion * How To Use SEO To Rank Higher In Apple Podcasts Search Rankings

Connect With The Podcast Haven: * The Podcast Haven Homepage * Read The Blog * YouTube * Instagram * LinkedIn

View Details

In this episode of Clipped, host Eric continues his review of mowpod, an online podcast marketing agency. He shares his experience of boosting a specific episode of his podcast to gain more downloads. Eric breaks down the results, including impressions, plays, and certified IAB downloads. He discusses the effectiveness of the campaign, the types of devices used by listeners, and the geographical distribution of the downloads. Eric also reflects on the importance of podcast retention and the challenges of translating boosted downloads into long-term followers. Sponsor: Riverside.fm - https://www.riverside.fm Enter Promo Code CLIPPED for 20% off. 00:00 Introduction and Recap 00:56 mowPod Campaign Overview 01:59 Campaign Results and Analysis 03:55 Reflections and Next Steps 06:47 Final Thoughts and Contact Info Resources: * Listen To Part 1 - Boost Your Podcast Downloads with MowPod: A Guide to Paid Promotion * mowPod

Listen To Past Episodes: * How To Use SEO To Rank Higher In Apple Podcasts Search Rankings * Immersive Audio Podcasts: How To Bring Your Story To Life With Immersive Audio Landscapes * Understanding Podcast CPM Rates: Why You Won’t Make Money From Ads and How To Monetize Instead

Connect With The Podcast Haven: * The Podcast Haven Homepage * Read The Blog * YouTube * Instagram * LinkedIn

View Details

Poddy People! Welcome back. In this episode of CLIPPED, Eric dives into how to boost downloads for podcast episodes using mowPod. Regardless of where you are on your podcast journey, understanding the benefits of a paid strategy for podcast growth is essential. Join Eric as he shares his experience with mowPod and how it can help you get more downloads for your episodes.

Sponsor Alert:

For high fidelity audio and 4K video recording, visit Riverside.fm and use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off your first purchase.

What Is mowPod?

mowPod is a service designed to increase the visibility and downloads of your podcast episodes. With mowPod, you can pay to “boost” specific episodes, potentially increasing your audience and reaching new listeners.

Eric discusses his personal experience with mowPod, including the process of setting up a campaign, the costs involved, and the results he's expecting. He also discusses the retention rates and engagement metrics reported by mowPod, providing a comprehensive overview of what to expect when using their services.

How mowPod Works

Users can create an account, enter their podcast's RSS feed, select an episode to promote, and set a budget starting at $100. mowPod guarantees a certain number of downloads based on the budget.

The platform creates and places ads across various websites to target the right audience. Users can monitor their campaign progress through the mowPod dashboard.

For more details, visit MoPod Boost.

View Details

In this episode of CLIPPED, Eric explores strategies to enhance your podcast's visibility within Apple Podcast Search. Learn why search rankings matter, the basics of podcast SEO, how Apple Podcast Search works, and debunk some common myths. Get actionable insights to optimize your show and attract more listeners.

Key Takeaways:

1. Why Apple Podcast Search Rankings Matter

   • Understand the Impact: Higher search rankings can lead to increased visibility and more organic listeners.
   • Action Step: Focus on optimizing your podcast’s metadata and seo basics to improve rankings.

   • Podcast SEO Basics

   • What is Podcast SEO? Like website SEO, podcast SEO involves optimizing your show to appear higher in search results.

   • Action Steps:
     • Name Your Podcast Wisely: Ensure your podcast name includes relevant keywords. E.g., "Eco Travel Adventure" versus "Clipped."
     • Episode Titles: Use search-friendly titles like "How to Improve My Golf Swing" or "Sustainable Tourism in Costa Rica."
     • Show Description: Write a detailed description that includes keywords related to your podcast’s theme. E.g., "This show explores the world of vintage guitar collecting, offering insights from expert collectors."

   • How Search Works

   • Apple's Criteria: Apple uses three main factors: Metadata, Popularity, and User Behavior.

   • Action Steps:
     • Optimize Metadata: Ensure your show title, description, author name, category, and language are accurate and keyword-rich.
     • Increase Popularity: Promote your podcast through email lists, guest appearances on other podcasts, and targeted advertising to drive traffic to Apple Podcasts.
     • Engage Users: Encourage followers to play and follow your podcast directly from search results to boost engagement metrics.
   • Link to Apple's Documentation: Apple Podcast Search Explained

   • Debunking Myths About Apple Podcast Search

   • Ratings and Reviews: Contrary to popular belief, ratings and reviews do not impact search rankings.

   • Episode Consumption Rate: The percentage of an episode listened to by users does not affect your podcast’s search ranking.

Resources Mentioned:

• Apple Podcast Connect: Connect with Apple Podcasts

Actionable Tips:

• Revise Podcast and Episode Titles: Ensure they include relevant keywords for better search visibility.
• Optimize Show Descriptions: Incorporate specific terms that potential listeners might search for.
• Drive Traffic to Apple Podcasts: Use your existing audience and various promotional strategies to increase your podcast's popularity.

Implementing these strategies can significantly improve your podcast's search visibility on Apple Podcasts. By optimizing your metadata, increasing popularity, and understanding user behavior, you can attract more listeners and grow your show.

View Details

Today, Eric is dropping knowledge on a critical topic for any podcaster, the reality of making money through ads. He also gets into why trying to monetize through ads is TOUGH unless you have a huge show. Regardless, understanding ad-based monetization is important, especially if your show is still growing its audience.

Sponsor Shout Out: This episode is sponsored by Riverside. Riverside brings 4K video recording and high quality audio recording to your web browser. It’s simple to use and produces excellent results. If you’re a new customer, use promo code CLIPPED at checkout for 20% any individual plan.

Libsyn CPM Calculator:

https://advertising.libsyn.com/podcast-cpm-calculator

What is a CPM? When listening to this episode it’s important to understand the concept of CPM—Cost Per Mille, or cost per thousand downloads.

This metric is essential as it determines the amount you earn from ads per 1,000 episode downloads within 30 days. While host-read ads generally fetch a CPM between $15 and $25, programmatic ads typically offer less, under $10.

Eric navigates through some real calculations to illustrate potential earnings based on your show's downloads and discusses the implications of dropping ads into your show if you only have a few hundred listeners. He also uncovers alternative monetization strategies that could be more lucrative than ads.

Key Takeaways:

• Understanding CPM: CPM stands for Cost Per Mille, indicating the revenue per 1,000 downloads. Knowing this helps gauge potential ad earnings.
• Calculations for Different Download Scenarios:
• 1,000 downloads: At a $20 CPM, you earn $20.
• 2,000 downloads: At a $20 CPM, this doubles your earnings to $40.

• 200 downloads: With the same CPM, the earnings drop to just $4.

• Host-Read vs. Programmatic Ads: Host-read ads generally offer higher CPMs than programmatic ads, which are automated and may not align perfectly with your audience.

• Alternative Monetization: If ad revenues are low, consider selling your own products or services directly to your audience for potentially higher returns.

The Best Way To Monetize Your Podcast One of the best approaches is selling your own products and services directly to your listeners. This could include anything from coaching services related to your podcast's theme to online courses and workshops.

By advertising these on your podcast, you directly control the content and keep all the revenue, bypassing any middlemen.

Additionally, creating exclusive content for platforms like Patreon, offering Q&A sessions, or hosting meet-and-greets can significantly enhance listener engagement and open up new revenue streams.

These methods not only provide financial benefits but also strengthen your connection with your audience, positioning you as an authority in your niche.

View Details

This episode marks a significant milestone for the podcast — Episode 100! As I near my two-year anniversary, I want to thank you all for tuning in and joining me on this auditory journey.

Today, I’m getting a little whacky and getting into the world of immersive audio. I’m stoked to share this episode with you and it’s a little different from the traditional catalog. I’m exploring the landscape of ambisonic and 3D audio experiences.

Sponsor Shoutout: Riverside.fm Riverside.fm makes it easy to record high-fidelity audio and 4K video right from your browser, helping podcasters produce professional-quality content effortlessly. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off at checkout.

What is Immersive Audio? Immersive audio, or ambisonic audio, is akin to surround sound in a theater but designed for headphone listeners.

It allows you to experience sound from various directions, enhancing the auditory landscape of podcasts. This technology can transport listeners directly into the environment of the narrative, making it feel as if you're right there in the scene — be it a bustling city diner or a serene park.

Featured Gear: The Zoom H3 VR Ambisonic Microphone Today, I'm using the Zoom H3 VR Ambisonic microphone, which captures sound from every direction, enriching the listener's experience with a vivid 3D sound sphere.

This technology is perfect for podcasters looking to elevate their audio storytelling with realistic soundscapes.

Why Use Immersive Audio? It adds a layer of depth to your podcast, allowing listeners to feel more connected to the content.

Whether you're producing a narrative podcast or a more traditional interview-based show, immersive audio can bring your stories to life in a uniquely compelling way.

Challenges of Immersive Audio Venturing into immersive audio comes with its challenges, from selecting the right equipment to mastering the mix in post-production.

I’ll discuss the hurdles podcasters might face, such as the learning curve associated with new technologies and the investment in high-quality gear needed to achieve the best results.

Call to Action Have you experimented with immersive audio in your podcasting? I'd love to hear about your experiences and challenges.

Connect with me on Instagram at Podcast Haven, or join our mailing list at PodcastHaven.com to get more insights and a free copy of my ebook, "The Four Pillars of Podcasting.

View Details

I'm your host, Eric, and today I’m diving back into the world of podcast SEO. If you're looking to increase your show's visibility across Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and Google, you're in the right place.

In this episode, I'm adding two fresh SEO tips to the original five discussed in Episode 54.

Sponsor Alert: A big shoutout to our sponsor, Riverside.fm. Remember to use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off their amazing podcast recording and production services.

Podcast SEO Is Key For Organic Discoverability I’m exploring how SEO strategies can significantly enhance your podcast's discoverability. I’m covering everything from the basics of SEO to more nuanced tactics that can help you dominate search results.

These tips are designed to help you craft a more visible and engaging podcast.

SEO Tips Breakdown: Transform Your Podcast Into Blog Posts Turn episode transcriptions into detailed blog posts. This not only makes your content accessible to those who prefer reading but also enhances your visibility on search engines.

Google prioritizes text-based content, so integrating blog posts on your podcast's site can lead to higher search result placements.

Master the Art of Episode Titling Craft episode titles that are engaging and keyword-rich. This simple change can drastically improve your podcast's discoverability both on search engines and podcast platforms.

Effective titling attracts potential listeners at first glance, increasing the likelihood they'll tune in.

Leverage Keyword Research Tools Use tools like Google Trends and Ahrefs to identify trending keywords related to your podcast topics. Incorporating these keywords can help your episodes rank better in search queries.

Understanding what your audience is searching for allows you to align your content more closely with listener interests.

Optimize Show Notes Write comprehensive show notes that exceed 300 words to improve SEO. These notes help listeners recall important points and find your podcast through related search terms.

Show notes act as a condensed version of your episode, providing a quick reference while boosting your site’s SEO.

Expand Into YouTube Post your podcast episodes on YouTube, even if only audio with a static image. YouTube is the second largest search engine and can significantly increase your reach.

Utilize the video description to include show notes and relevant links, enhancing discoverability across platforms.

Boost Visibility Through Guest Networking Appear as a guest on other podcasts to gain backlinks to your site, which are vital for SEO. These collaborations show search engines that your content is valued across the podcast community.

Guest appearances can introduce you to new audiences and strengthen your credibility within the industry.

Encourage User Engagement Motivate listeners to leave reviews and interact with your content on social media. High engagement levels can boost your rankings in podcast discovery algorithms and social media feeds.

Building a community around your podcast not only fosters loyalty but also improves your content’s visibility online.

Podcast SEO Final Thoughts Embracing these SEO strategies requires patience and persistence, but the payoff is well worth the effort. By enhancing your podcast’s SEO, you can attract more listeners and grow your audience organically.

For more tips and resources, visit our blog. Stay tuned for more insights, and until next time, keep creating and keep connecting!

View Details

In this episode, Eric is exploring the innovative use of AI voices through the platform Speechify to enhance your podcasts, YouTube videos, and more.

What You’ll Learn In This Episode

• Understanding Speechify: Discover what Speechify is all about and why it's becoming a go-to for AI voice integration in content creation.
• Practical Applications: How AI voices can be used to diversify and scale your content production.
• Pros and Cons: Weighing the benefits against the potential drawbacks of using AI voices.
• Content Creation Tips: Integrating AI voices into your workflow to enhance content variety without compromising quality.

Sponsor Shoutout:

Riverside - Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off any individual plan.

Deep Dive:

• Why Use AI Voices?: From adding variety to overcoming the limitations of your natural voice, AI voices offer a range of creative possibilities.
• Character Voices by Speechify: Examples include "Oliver" for a sophisticated tone, "Jenny" for a seductive flair, and a laid-back Southern California accent to match your content’s vibe.
• Adapting AI Voices: Tips on customizing speed, intensity, and pronunciation to fit your content needs.

Potential Downsides:

• Authenticity Challenges: AI voices may lack the emotional depth and nuanced expressions of human narration.
• Audience Perception: Considerations on how frequent use of AI could affect listener engagement and content authenticity.

Closing Thoughts:

In wrapping up, not all content requires deep emotional ties; straightforward, informational pieces might benefit just as well from AI narration. Experiment with AI, but keep it as one part of your broader content strategy. Balance is key to integrating these tools effectively as we move forward.

Call to Action:

Explore the possibilities with Speechify and integrate AI voices into your content strategy. Visit speechify.com to get started. Share your experiences or feedback on AI in content by sliding into my DMs on Instagram @thepodcasthaven.

View Details

In this episode of CLIPPED, we explore a simple yet effective productivity hack for podcast editors—listening to classical music while editing. Discover how the soothing yet complex structures of classical compositions can help you focus better and edit your podcasts more efficiently.

What You'll Learn:

• The benefits of listening to classical music during creative tasks.
• Insights into the "Mozart Effect" and how classical music can enhance cognitive function.
• Practical tips for integrating classical music into your editing workflow to improve concentration and efficiency.

Key Points:

1. The Power of Classical Music:

   • Classical music's complex patterns can stimulate your brain's processing centers, enhancing your ability to focus without the distractions typical of lyrical music.

   • Implementing the Hack:

   • Suggestions for incorporating classical music into your editing sessions, including choosing the right compositions and maintaining an optimal volume.

   • Pro Tips:

   • Aim for instrumental compositions that are uplifting yet not overpowering.

Listener Challenge: Try editing your next podcast episode while listening to classical music. Share your experiences with us—did it change your editing speed or focus?

Engage with Us: We want to hear from you! Did this productivity hack enhance your editing process? Reach out via our social media channels or email us your stories.

Follow Us On Social Media: * YouTube * Instagram * LinkedIn * The Podcast Haven Website * CLIPPED Website

View Details

In this episode of CLIPPED, your go-to podcast for all things podcasting, host Eric dives deep into the often overlooked but crucial aspect of podcasting—episode completion rates.

From understanding what episode completion rates are, to exploring strategies for enhancing your show's engagement, Eric shares his insights, experiences, and some hard numbers from his own podcast journey.

If you're looking to keep your listeners hooked till the very end, this episode packs everything you need to know and then some.

Get ready for a mix of industry insights, actionable tips, and a dose of Eric's personal podcasting anecdotes, all designed to help you start, grow, and monetize your podcast effectively.

Sponsor Alert:

This podcast is sponsored by Riverside, the best place to record remote podcasts online. Enter promo code CLIPPED at checkout to get 20% off any individual plan.

What You'll Learn:

• What Is an Episode Completion Rate?

• The significance of tracking how long listeners actually listen to your episodes.

• Identifying a Good Episode Completion Rate

• Benchmarks for assessing your podcast's performance and setting realistic goals.

• Strategies to Improve Your Episode Completion Rate

• Practical tips and insights on keeping your audience listening.

• Eric's Own Completion Rate Insights

• A candid look at the numbers behind CLIPPED and what they reveal about audience engagement.

Main Talking Points:

• The Importance of Episode Completion Rates: A vital metric that reflects listener engagement and content value.
• Finding Your Rate: Utilizing platforms like Apple Podcasts Connect and Chartable for data.
• Setting the Benchmark: Understanding what good (and bad) completion rates look like and setting goals accordingly.

How to Boost Your Episode Completion Rate:

• Hook Your Listeners Early: Start with a compelling preview of what's to come to keep listeners intrigued.
• Break the Fourth Wall: Engage directly with your audience to create a more personal connection.
• Leverage Data from Previous Episodes: Analyze past performance to understand what works and replicate success.
• Consider Short Episode Hacks: Shorter episodes can lead to higher completion rates, but balance is key.
• Optimize Audio Quality: Ensure your audio is crisp and clear to avoid listener drop-off.
• Incorporate Storytelling and Personal Anecdotes: Use relevant stories to add depth and interest to your episodes.

Whether you're new to podcasting or looking to refine your craft, this episode of CLIPPED offers valuable insights into maximizing listener engagement through understanding and improving your episode completion rates.

Keep Listening, Keep Engaging, Keep Creating

View Details

In this jam-packed episode of CLIPPED, Eric dives into the often misunderstood world of audio levels, focusing on the crucial distinction between gain and volume.

Sponsors:

This episode is sponsored by Riverside. Go to Riverside.fm and enter promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

Here's What You'll Learn: * The difference between gain and volume, and why each matters for your podcast. * How to dial in the perfect level of gain for crystal-clear, robust audio * Strategies for achieving an optimal signal-to-noise ratio, ensuring your voice cuts through without unwanted background noise.

Episode Highlights: * Gain controls the sensitivity and the amplification of your microphone. Volume relates to the playback loudness in your headphones or speakers. * Finding the sweet spot for your gain is key to avoiding both distortion and too much ambient noise, aiming for a signal that's full-bodied but not overloaded. * Signal-to-Noise Ratio Explained: A crucial concept in achieving professional-quality audio, ensuring your voice stands out clearly against any background noise. * Eric shares insights on using visual metering to set your levels correctly, aiming for a peak between -6 to -12 decibels for optimal clarity. * A reminder of the age-old audio maxim, "shit in, shit out,". It’s important to get a good sound when recording to ease the editing and mixing process.

Dialing In The Perfect Recording Level Achieving the perfect audio level requires a bit of experimentation to find what works best for your unique setup and voice.

Remember, nailing your sound on the way in not only makes for a more pleasant listening experience but also makes your life easier during the editing and mixing phases.

As we always say, start strong to end strong, and you'll save yourself a heap of time in post-production.

View Details

In this episode, we're tearing down the invisible wall that traditionally separates the performer from the audience, a concept famously known as "breaking the fourth wall." This technique, while widely recognized in theater, film, and television for its ability to forge a direct connection and foster a sense of intimacy, is making its waves in the podcasting realm. We delve into how podcasters can harness this powerful tool to engage listeners on a deeper level, transforming passive listening into an interactive experience.

Sponsor Alert: This episodes is sponsored by Riverside.fm. For 20% off any Riverside plan, use promo code CLIPPED at checkout. - https://riverside.fm

Breaking the fourth wall in podcasting invites listeners into the conversation, making them feel like an integral part of the narrative rather than mere spectators. This approach can breathe life into your content, turning each episode into a two-way dialogue that resonates more personally with your audience. By strategically employing this method, podcasters can enhance listener engagement, foster community, and even influence the direction of their shows. Today, we'll explore the mechanics of this technique, its benefits, and how it can revolutionize the way we think about podcasting.

Key Highlights:

• The Origins and Evolution of Breaking the Fourth Wall: A brief history of how this technique has been used in various forms of media and its significance.
• Why It Works for Podcasts: Examining the unique aspects of podcasting that make breaking the fourth wall an effective strategy for engagement.
• Practical Tips for Podcasters: How to seamlessly integrate this approach into your episodes, including scripting tips and timing considerations.
• The Impact on Listener Experience: Insights into how breaking the fourth wall can transform your audience's listening experience, based on real listener feedback.
• Challenges and Considerations: Navigating the potential pitfalls of this technique and how to maintain the balance between engagement and content integrity.

Eager to dive deeper into the art of podcasting and learn more about innovative techniques like breaking the fourth wall? Visit us at The Podcast Haven for exclusive resources, tips, and much more.

View Details

In this conversation, Greg Wasserman, Head of Growth, Partnerships, and Community as Castmagic, discusses his podcast journey, insights, and the revolutionary tools shaping the future of podcasting. With an extensive background that spans from Player FM to his current role at Castmagic, Greg shares his philosophy on networking, building relationships, and how these strategies can significantly impact podcasters and industry professionals alike.

Sponsor Alert: This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm, our favorite place to record remote podcasts. For 20% off of any individual membership plan, go to Riverside.fm and enter promo code CLIPPED at checkout.

Background and Journey into Podcasting: Greg's career in podcasting took a pivotal turn when he was at the forefront of Player FM, a platform dedicated to enhancing the podcast listening experience. His role involved diving deep into the podcast world, understanding the needs of hosts and listeners, and ensuring that shows were accessible and discoverable across various platforms. This experience not only solidified his expertise in podcast distribution and growth strategies but also laid the groundwork for his understanding of the industry's dynamics.

Transition to Castmagic: At Castmagic, Greg is at the helm of partnerships and community, driving the platform to new heights by empowering podcasters with tools to efficiently produce, distribute, and monetize their content. Castmagic represents a new era of podcasting, where creators can focus on delivering quality content without being bogged down by the intricacies of production and promotion.

Networking and Relationship Building: Beyond technology and tools, Greg emphasizes the importance of networking and relationship building in the podcasting industry. He advocates for a 'We, not Me' approach, encouraging podcasters to engage with their peers, listeners, and industry professionals genuinely and collaboratively. Greg's philosophy is rooted in the belief that meaningful connections can lead to unexpected opportunities, growth, and success in the ever-competitive podcasting landscape.

Takeaways: * Networking and building relationships are crucial for success in podcasting. * Focusing on a niche audience and treating yourself as a brand can lead to growth and monetization opportunities. * AI technology, such as Castmagic, can automate podcast repurposing and save time for podcasters. * Exploring different listening platforms can help reach a wider audience. * Video podcasts can be beneficial for engaging with viewers, but audio remains the primary medium for many listeners.

Resources: * Castmagic * PlayerFm

Connect with Greg Wasserman: * LinkedIn

Connect with The Podcast Haven * Website * YouTube * Apple Podcasts * Spotify

View Details

In this episode, Eric dives into the world of monetizing your podcast through paid communities. Discover the benefits of creating exclusive content for your listeners and learn about Apple Podcasts Subscriptions, Patreon and Supercast, and how they can help you deepen your relationship with your audience, while making a little cash on the side.

What You'll Learn in This Episode: * The advantages of building a paid community for your podcast * An overview of three platforms to create your paid community: Apple Podcast Subscriptions, Patreon, and Supercast * How to provide extra value to your paying fans * Tips for integrating your paid content with popular podcast platforms * The latest from Riverside.fm and how to use Magic Audio to improve your podcast's audio quality

Maximizing Listener Engagement * Providing Extra Value: Tips on offering additional content, such as behind-the-scenes looks, Q&As, and bonus episodes, to make your paid community worthwhile. * Building Superfans: Learn how to turn your audience into superfans who are more engaged and supportive of your podcast.

Sponsor Shoutout Record 4K video remotely with Riverside. Use promo code CLIPPED at checkout for 20% off.

Call to Action (CTA) Don't forget to rate, subscribe, and follow CLIPPED for more podcasting tips and insights. Share the love and spread the word about our community.

Keep engaging, keep listening, and keep creating

View Details

Ever hit a creative wall? You're not alone. Today, we're getting real about podcast burnout - that moment when your passion project feels more like a chore. It's a common phase for many of us in the podcasting world, myself included. Despite the love and dedication we have for our shows, sometimes the ideas just don't flow, and the motivation wanes.

Shoutout to Our Sponsor: Riverside

Before we dive deep, let's give a big thank you to Riverside, this week's sponsor. If you're on the hunt for a stellar remote recording platform with top-notch audio and 4K video, Riverside's got you covered. With their AI-powered features for show notes and video clips, podcasting has never been easier.

Use the promo code CLIPPED at riverside.fm for a sweet 20% off your first purchase. Thanks, Riverside, for supporting the podcast community!

Five Tips To Help You Navigate Podcast Burnout

Taking a Breather

Feeling overwhelmed? It might be time to take a step back. This episode, I share my own experiences with burnout and how taking a short break can reignite your passion for podcasting. We'll talk about the importance of giving yourself space to breathe, reflect, and come back stronger.

Reflect on Your Why

Why did you start podcasting? What drives you? Sometimes, revisiting your core motivations can provide a fresh perspective and new ideas for your content. We'll explore how to reconnect with your 'why' and how it can transform your podcasting journey.

Mix It Up

Stuck in a rut? Let's shake things up. From Q&A sessions to collaborating with fellow podcasters, there are countless ways to bring new energy to your show. I'll share some strategies for keeping your content dynamic and engaging, even when the going gets tough.

Lean on Your Community

Your listeners are your biggest asset. We'll discuss how tapping into your community can provide valuable insights, feedback, and inspiration for your podcast. Got an idea or burning question? Reach out to us at info@thepodcasthaven.com or slide into our DMs on Instagram @thepodcasthaven. Let's make magic together.

Streamline Your Process

Lastly, we'll dive into the nitty-gritty of production. Streamlining your workflow can significantly reduce stress and make room for creativity. I'll share some personal tips on how to make the podcasting process more efficient and enjoyable.

We Want to Hear From You!

Feeling inspired? Burnt out? Or have ideas on what you'd like to hear next on Clipped? Your feedback is gold. Get in touch and let us know how we can serve you better.

Thanks for tuning in to Clipped, where we're all about helping you master the art of podcasting.

Until next time, keep those mics hot and your passion hotter.

Keep Listening, Keep Engaging, Keep Creating

I’m Out

View Details

Welcome back to CLIPPED, the go-to podcast for all things podcasting - from production tips and resources to insightful discussions with fellow podcast enthusiasts. I'm Eric, your guide on this journey to making your podcasting dreams a reality. Our mission? To empower you to kickstart, enhance, and monetize your podcast.

How To Setup a Podcast Studio Welcome and Apologies: I kick off the episode with a warm welcome back and a slight apology for missing last week's episode.

The reason? A big life update!

My wife and I have finally bought a house in the San Fernando Valley, about 20 minutes from our previous place in Burbank. After renting for around seven years, we're excited to set roots in our own home. And yes, the new podcast studio is in the making, right here in my garage!

Creating Your Perfect Podcast Studio The heart of today's episode is all about carving out that ideal space for podcasting, YouTube, or any form of content creation. I share my recent experience of setting up a new studio, the challenges I faced, and valuable lessons learned along the way. Whether it's your first time setting up a home studio or you're a seasoned pro, there's always something new to tackle.

Top 5 Tips for Setting Up Your Podcast Studio 1. The Ideal Workstation: The importance of a dedicated space cannot be overstated. A comfortable desk and chair (consider a sit-stand desk) can significantly impact your creativity and productivity. Avoid cramped spaces if possible; your workstation should inspire you. 2. Room Acoustics Matter: Pay attention to how your room sounds. Hard surfaces can cause echoes, so adding carpets, curtains, or even sound panels can make a huge difference in achieving that crisp, clear podcast sound we all strive for. 3. External Noise: Be mindful of noises outside your studio. Timing your recordings around external factors like neighborhood gardeners can save you a lot of post-editing hassle. 4. Visual Appeal: Especially important for YouTubers or anyone creating video content. Your background and lighting should reflect your podcast's vibe and personality. Invest in good lighting to enhance your video quality. 5. The Importance of Headphones: A good pair of headphones is crucial for monitoring your audio quality. They help you catch and adjust for room sound and external noise, ensuring your recordings are top-notch.

Sponsor Shout Out A big thanks to Riverside for sponsoring this episode. Riverside offers an incredible platform for recording podcasts remotely, in 4K video and high-fidelity audio. Their innovative features, including AI for show notes and video clipping, make podcasting a breeze. Check them out at riverside.fm and use our promo code CLIPPED for 20% off any individual plan.

Links To Studio Equipment Mentioned: * Vari Desk - https://amzn.to/48pRnF0 * Auralex Acoustic Foam - https://amzn.to/4bAwMRg * Phillips Hue Go - https://amzn.to/3SMbeZn * Govee Floor Lamp Basic - https://amzn.to/42HZxHR * Sony MDR 7506 Headphones - https://amzn.to/3UMdXF0

View Details

In this episode, we share valuable lessons and advice that we’ve gathered over the past 88 episodes of our podcasting journey. If you’re starting a podcast in 2024 we highly recommend you listen, learn and implement some of the tips mentioned in this episode.

By doing so, you’ll save time, avoid our mistakes, and set yourself up for an easier podcast adventure.

Sponsor Alert:

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. Looking for a remote recording solution? With Riverside you can record up to 4k video and high-fidelity audio all from your web browser.

New Riverside users can get 20% off by using promo code CLIPPED at checkout.

Follow These 12 Steps 1. Prepping is Key: First and foremost, remember that podcast prepping takes time. Don't underestimate the importance of thorough preparation. Whether you're scripting your content or creating bullet points, putting in the effort upfront will result in smoother recordings and less editing in post-production.

1. Avoid Interrupting Your Guests: If you're conducting interviews, practice not interrupting your guests. Let them have the floor to share their insights. It may take some time and patience, but this approach ensures a more natural and engaging conversation.

2. Finding Your Podcasting Voice: Getting comfortable with your podcasting voice and style can take time—perhaps 50 or 60 episodes or more. Embrace the journey of self-discovery and strive to maintain a consistent and engaging presence on the microphone.

3. Effective Use of AI: While AI tools like ChatGPT can be valuable, be cautious not to over-rely on them. They should complement your skills, not replace them. Hone your editing, writing, and other podcast-related skills to ensure AI enhances your workflow, rather than becoming a crutch.

4. The Importance of Lighting: If your podcast involves video, invest time in perfecting your lighting setup. Good lighting can significantly impact the quality of your content, often more than the choice of camera. Experiment with different lighting setups to find what works best for you.

5. Booking Quality Guests: Change your mindset about booking guests. You'll be surprised how many potential guests are willing to join your show, even if you're just starting. Focus on building your show's reputation before reaching out to high-profile guests.

6. Consistent Planning: Plan your podcast content thoroughly and recognize that consistently coming up with fresh ideas can be challenging. Don't underestimate the effort required to keep your show engaging week after week.

7. Stay Ahead in Production: Stay ahead in your production schedule. Aim to have several episodes ready before launching your podcast. This practice helps reduce stress and ensures a consistent release schedule.

8. Engage in the Podcasting Community: Get involved in the podcasting community early. Attend conferences, connect with peers on LinkedIn, and participate in local meetups. The podcasting community is supportive and can provide valuable insights and networking opportunities.

9. Embrace Editing: Editing is your friend. Don't hesitate to edit out filler words, tangents, and unnecessary content to keep your episodes concise and engaging. A well-edited episode can make a significant difference in listener retention.

10. Social Media vs. Podcast Growth: Remember that social media following doesn't necessarily translate into podcast growth. While it's essential to build your brand on social platforms, focus your podcast growth efforts within the podcasting ecosystem, such as advertising on other shows and podcast swaps.

11. Finding the Right Microphone: Lastly, finding the right microphone for your voice is crucial. Expensive doesn't always mean better. Test various microphones and configurations to discover what suits your voice best.

Closing Thoughts So, there you have it—12 essential steps to consider if you're thinking about starting a podcast in 2024. Remember, podcasting is a journey, and these insights will help you navigate it more effectively.

Keep Listening, Keep Engaging, and Keep Creating,

Listen To Past Episodes: * Harnessing AI to Create Effective Short Form Podcast Video Clips * The Podcast Launch Playbook * Mastering The Art of The Podcast Trailer * The Art of Repurposing Old Podcast Episodes * Discovering Rephonic: Innovations In Podcast Collaboration and Insights ft. Becca Butcher | Marketing Lead at Rephonic

Read Our Blog For Podcast Tips and Insights * How To Get The Best Lighting For YouTube Videos * Shure SM7B Review: Why Top Podcasters Love This Iconic Microphone * Start a Podcast on YouTube: The Complete How-To Guide

View Details

In this episode, we're diving into an exciting conversation with Becca Butcher, the Marketing Lead at Rephonic. She's here to share her insights into the world of podcasting and how Rephonic's unique tool can help podcasters connect and collaborate. Becca's background in marketing and content shines as we discuss the power of AI in podcasting and the strategies behind content creation.

Becca discusses her journey into marketing and how she found her way to Rephonic. She provides valuable insights into the Rephonic platform, which boasts a vast database of over two and a half million podcasts, offering essential data like listener numbers, audience demographics, and more. Becca explains how Rephonic is a valuable tool for brands, agencies, and podcasters looking to collaborate and find the right shows to feature on or promote.

Sponsored By Riverside.fm - Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off

Episode Highlights: * Becca highlights the usefulness of SEMrush, a tool that allows users to analyze keywords, assess search volume, and evaluate competition. * Becca introduces Rephonic's innovative spider web tool, which allows podcasters to connect with listeners of their shows and discover related podcasts. This feature is valuable for finding potential guests and expanding your podcasting network. * Becca shares her responsibilities as the Marketing Lead at Rephonic, which include SEO optimization, industry articles, and finding new ways to promote the platform effectively. * Becca discusses Rephonic's new venture into YouTube, where they create educational content related to podcasting. The goal is to provide valuable information and engage with the podcasting community. * Becca talks about how she incorporates AI tools like ChatGPT into her writing process. While she starts by writing content as she would explain it to someone, AI assists in refining and optimizing the text for publication. * Becca explains the importance of backlinks in SEO and how they affect a website's ranking on search engines. Rephonic focuses on organic backlinks and building authority within the industry.

Episode Resources: * SEM Rush * ChatGPT * Rephonic * Becca’s Article Featuring an Episode of Clipped

Connect With Becca: * https://www.linkedin.com/in/rebecca-butcher1/

View Details

In this episode, we break down Eric's December 2023 content creation earnings.

From affiliate marketing and sponsorships, The Podcast Haven generated $1,334.59 from content in December 2023. This is separate from the main podcast production business, this is strictly from content creation.

The goal with these income reports is two fold:

1. It's to show other small creators that it is possible to make money from your content even with a small audience.

2. To hold ourselves accountable and share our journey with you as we work toward our goal of making $3,000 a month strictly from content.

Listen To Past Episodes: * Harnessing AI to Create Effective Short Form Podcast Video Clips * The Podcast Launch Playbook * Mastering The Art of The Podcast Trailer * The Art of Repurposing Old Podcast Episodes * Boost Your Brand Growth By Attending Podcast Conferences

Read Our Blog For Podcast Tips and Insights * How To Get The Best Lighting For YouTube Videos * Shure SM7B Review: Why Top Podcasters Love This Iconic Microphone * Start a Podcast on YouTube: The Complete How-To Guide

Follow Us on Social * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

View Details

Welcome back to another exciting episode of "CLIPPED," where we dive deep into the world of podcasting, sharing tips and insights on how to elevate your podcasting game.

In today's episode, we're going to tackle a crucial aspect of podcasting: SEO, or Search Engine Optimization. If you're wondering how to get more visibility and attract a larger audience to your podcast, you've come to the right place. SEO isn't just for websites; it's a powerful tool to help your podcast get discovered by more listeners.

What Is Podcast SEO? Now, let's talk about why podcast SEO matters. In the vast landscape of the internet, your podcast can easily get lost without the right strategies. SEO helps ensure that when someone searches for a topic related to your podcast, it shows up in their search results. We'll delve into strategies and techniques that can get your podcast in front of more eyeballs and ears, making it more accessible to your target audience.

Written Content Trump's Audio and Video Content In this show we’re focused on the written content that accompanies your podcast. While audio content is essential, written content can help your podcast rank higher and faster. We'll explore how to create effective show notes, transcripts, and even articles or blog posts related to your podcast episodes.

Episode Highlights: * The importance of SEO in podcasting. * How written content can complement your audio podcast. * Strategies to find keywords that have low competition but high search volume. * Tools like Google Trends, SEMrush, and UberSuggest for keyword research. * Repurposing your podcast transcripts into written content. * The impact of SEO on lead generation for your services or courses. * Leveraging affiliate marketing with increased website traffic. * Optimizing your podcast episode titles for search engines and podcast platforms.

Implement Keyword SEO For Your Podcast Today It's time to take action and optimize your podcast for better visibility and growth. By implementing SEO strategies, you can make sure your podcast gets the attention it deserves. Don't be intimidated by the idea of creating written content – it's a valuable addition to your podcasting journey. So, start researching those keywords, transcribing your episodes, and crafting engaging show notes. Your podcast will thank you for it!

Remember, your podcast can be a game-changer with the right SEO techniques. Start applying what you've learned in this episode, and watch your podcast reach new heights. Thanks for tuning in to CLIPPED.

Keep Listening, Keep Engaging, and Keep Creating,

View Details

One element that remains a huge boost for podcasters is attending live events, such as podcast conferences. These gatherings offer podcasters the chance to connect with like-minded individuals, gain valuable insights, and enhance their brand exposure.

In this episode, we'll dive into the significance of podcast conferences, drawing from Eric’s recent experience at the Outlier Podcast Conference.

Outlier Podcast Conference At the Outlier Podcast Conference, we discovered a thriving ecosystem of podcasters, podcast service providers, and industry enthusiasts, all passionate about the world of podcasting. This environment fostered invaluable networking opportunities.

Episode Highlights Networking with Purpose Podcast conferences provide the perfect setting to build meaningful connections. Meeting people who share your passion for podcasting can lead to collaborations, friendships, and even professional opportunities. Remember, it's not just about what you can get; it's about what you can give and share with others.

Learning from the Pros One of the most significant benefits of attending podcast conferences is the opportunity to learn from seasoned podcasters and industry experts. These professionals often share tips, tricks, and insights that can elevate your podcasting game. Eric learned about the importance of crafting engaging email subject lines, which can significantly impact your outreach efforts.

Inspiration, Affirmation, and Feedback Podcast conferences are inspirational hubs. Hearing success stories from fellow podcasters can fuel your motivation and belief in your own potential. Additionally, receiving affirmation from peers can be a powerful confidence boost. Feedback from experienced podcasters can help you refine your content and strategy.

Knowledge Sharing These events are knowledge treasure troves. You'll come across diverse perspectives and strategies that can help you overcome your podcasting challenges. At the Outlier Conference, Eric discovered the importance of addressing his audience's pain points and offering solutions in his content. This is a strategy that can enhance audience engagement and revenue.

Brand Exposure Speaking at a podcast conference, as our host Eric did at Outlier, can significantly boost your brand's visibility. Meeting people in person and making a memorable impression can lead to long-term professional relationships and collaborations. For podcasters and service providers alike, this exposure can open doors to exciting opportunities.

Podcast Conferences Are Huge For Mindset Shifts Don't underestimate the power of in-person connections and the wealth of knowledge waiting to be discovered at podcast conferences. These events are not just about growing your network; they're about cultivating your passion, enhancing your skills, and elevating your podcasting journey.

So, get out there, connect, learn, and watch your podcast thrive.

View Details

In today’s episode, our host Eric guides us through the innovative world of repurposing old podcast episodes. With a treasure trove of content already at your fingertips, Eric uncovers how to breathe new life into your existing episodes, making them relevant and engaging for today's audience.

Sponsor Alert

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. To get 20% off of any individual Riverside membership plan, use promo code CLIPPED at checkout.

Why Repurpose? The answer is simple: maximizing value. In the dynamic landscape of podcasting, content from past episodes can be a goldmine of untapped potential.

Repurposing isn't just about recycling; it's about reimagining and enhancing what you've already created to meet the evolving needs and interests of your listeners. It’s a strategic approach to content creation that saves time, fosters creativity, and keeps your audience hooked.

How To Repurpose Old Podcast Episodes Compilations – The Ultimate Remix Creating a compilation episode is like crafting a 'best of' mixtape. It involves cherry-picking insightful moments from various episodes and blending them into a new narrative. This method not only highlights the best of your content but also showcases diverse perspectives on a specific theme, making it a powerful listening experience.

Refreshing Old Episodes The podcasting world is ever-changing, and so are our views and tools. Updating old episodes with new insights, tools, or perspectives can transform them into relevant, updated content. This approach keeps your content evergreen, ensuring your advice and insights remain pertinent no matter when they're listened to.

Listener Q&A – Engaging and Personalizing Incorporating listener questions and voice memos adds a personalized touch to your episodes. Responding to specific listener queries or elaborating on past topics fosters a deeper connection with your audience and makes your content more interactive and engaging.

Guest Follow-Ups – Stories That Continue Revisiting past guests to update or follow-up on their stories adds depth and continuity to your podcast. It creates a narrative arc that listeners can follow, offering insights into how ideas, projects, or predictions have evolved since their last appearance.

Repurposing Final Thoughts From creating compelling compilations to updating older episodes with fresh perspectives, engaging with listener questions, and revisiting past guests, these techniques ensure your podcast remains dynamic, relevant, and intriguing.

It's not just about reusing content; it's about reshaping it to add value and maintain a strong connection with your audience.

Call To Actions * Share Your Thoughts: Have you tried repurposing your podcast content? Share your experiences and tips with us on social media. * Subscribe and Stay Updated: Don’t miss out on future episodes - subscribe to CLIPPED and keep up with the latest in podcast production. * Join Us at the Outlier Podcast Festival: Catch Eric speaking live at the Outlier Podcast Festival on January 12th in Salt Lake City, Utah.

Episode Timestamps 00:00 Introduction and Personal Updates

02:00 Importance of Repurposing Old Podcast Episodes

04:51 Sponsor Shoutout: Riverside

05:17 Chapter 1: Creating Compilations

07:20 Chapter 2: Updating Old Episodes

09:32 Chapter 3: Incorporating Listener Q&A

10:55 Chapter 4: Guest Follow-ups

13:17 Mixing Up the Format

14:46 Conclusion and Outro

View Details

Welcome to another insightful episode of Clipped,, where today we're diving into the world of the Amazon Influencer Program. If you're familiar with the Amazon Associates Program, this one offers a different, yet equally promising, avenue for monetizing your content.

In this episode, we unravel the mysteries of the Amazon Influencer Program, understand how it differs from the Associates Program, and explore how you can leverage it to earn commissions by influencing your audience.

The Amazon Influencer Program is a relatively new venture by Amazon, aimed at allowing influencers - like you and us - to earn by promoting products we believe in.

Unlike traditional affiliate marketing, this program enables you to set up your own Amazon storefront and share product recommendations through videos, lists, and posts, much like a social media platform within Amazon itself.

What's fascinating is how these influencer videos integrate into the Amazon ecosystem, appearing alongside customer reviews and Q&A sections on product pages.

This visibility can drive significant traffic and, ultimately, sales, leading to commission earnings for the influencer.

In terms of eligibility, Amazon is quite inclusive, accepting influencers with a presence on YouTube, Instagram, Facebook, or TikTok. However, Instagram and Facebook users need a business account for application.

While Amazon remains vague about the exact follower count required, it seems that having a few hundred followers might be a good starting point, as I got accepted with my 3,000 Instagram followers.

Episode Highlights * It’s different from the Associates Program, focusing on leveraging social media presence to drive sales. * A step-by-step guide to getting started once accepted into the program. * Advice on producing engaging content without needing high production value - authenticity and relevance are key. * Insights into the application process and requirements, especially the need for a business account on certain platforms. * A realistic look at potential earnings, with personal anecdotes and a commitment to share detailed commission structures in the show notes. * Amazon Live – A New Frontier: Exploring the potential of Amazon Live for influencers, akin to a digital QVC platform, and its impact on sales. * Strategies for podcasters to leverage their specific niches (beauty, pet care, etc.) for product recommendations on Amazon.

Amazon Influencer Program Commission Rates https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/help/node/topic/GRXPHT8U84RAYDXZ

Amazon Influencer Program In a Nutshell Wrapping up, the Amazon Influencer Program presents a unique opportunity for content creators and podcasters to monetize their influence.

Whether you're just starting or looking to expand your income streams, this program could be a valuable addition to your toolkit.

Don't forget to check out the detailed commission structure and my personal earnings in the show notes. And, as always, feel free to reach out with your questions or share your experiences!

View Details

This week at The Podcast Haven, we delve into a topic that's vital for every podcaster – picking the perfect microphone. It's a decision that can shape the sound and quality of your podcast, and we're here to guide you through it.

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm - With Riverside you can record high quality audio and video podcasts remotely. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.

The Top Ten Microphones For Podcasting

• Shure SM58
• Shure SM7B
• Rode Podcaster
• Audio-Technica ATR2100x
• Heil Sound PR 40
• Rode PodMic
• Electro-Voice RE20
• Shure MV7 USB
• Rode NT-USB Mini USB Condenser Microphone
• Rode Procaster
• Samson Q2U

As Amazon Affiliates we earn from qualifying purchases.

Stay Connected with The Podcast Haven * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out The Podcast Archives: * How To Correctly Upload a Podcast To YouTube * Navigating The AI Podcast Landscape ft. Zack David The Podcast Man * The Pros and Cons of AI Speech Enhancement

View Details

In today's digital era, video clips have become a vital tool for podcasters to expand their reach and engagement.

Particularly, video clips derived from podcast episodes are gaining traction, offering a visually engaging way to capture the essence of audio content.

In this episode of CLIPPED, we delve into the innovative world of creating podcast video clips using AI.

This method is not only quick but also cost-effective, making it an accessible option for podcasters of all levels.

The AI Advantage in Video Clip Creation As podcasting continues to evolve, so do the tools and techniques for content promotion.

For those who may not be adept at editing or lack the time, AI-based tools are a game-changer.

Today, I'll share insights on two exceptional AI platforms, Opus and Momento, that I've personally experimented with.

These tools streamline the creation of engaging video content, making it easier for podcasters to share their messages on platforms like Instagram, TikTok and YouTube.

Opus Opus is a remarkable tool that stands out in the podcasting community. Its primary function is to analyze your video and extract the most compelling moments, making it perfect for creating short, viral video clips.

One of its unique features is the 'virality score' which predicts the potential success of each clip. It's user-friendly, allowing you to upload a video and receive multiple clip options instantly.

Additionally, Opus offers customization features like emojis, different fonts, and an auto B-roll feature. It's free to try, offering various levels of customization and branding as you scale up.

Momento Momento, another powerful AI tool, excels in its versatility and range of features. It allows you to fine-tune the AI-generated clips with ease. Its standout features include a wide array of templates, brand color and font customization, and several 'magic tools' like Magic Frame and Magic Cut.

Unlike Opus, Momento also offers the ability to create medium-form content, opening up more possibilities for content creation.

Its integration with a ChatGPT feature for generating written marketing assets like blog posts and show notes is particularly helpful for content creators.

Key Highlights of Opus and Momento * Opus: + Virality score for each clip. + Auto B-roll feature and clip customization. + User-friendly interface with free trial options.

• Momento:
• Extensive template library for customization.
• Magic tools for editing and enhancing clips.
• Capability to generate medium-form content.

Closing Thoughts Embracing AI for creating podcast clips can significantly enhance your content creation process, saving time and effort. Whether you're an expert editor or just starting out, these tools offer a simple yet effective way to produce high-quality video content.

As we look forward to 2024, the landscape of digital content continues to evolve, and tools like Opus and Momento are at the forefront of this change, helping creators to connect with their audience more effectively.

Stay Connected with The Podcast Haven * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out The Podcast Archives: * How To Correctly Upload a Podcast To YouTube * Navigating The AI Podcast Landscape ft. Zack David The Podcast Man * The Pros and Cons of AI Speech Enhancement

View Details

In this episode, I dive into the details of my November 2023 income report.

The goal?

To demonstrate that making money as a content creator is not just a dream, even if your audience isn't huge.

With dedication, a niche focus, and the right brand alignment, financial success is within reach. Join me as I break down the earnings from various sources, showing how diverse income streams contribute to overall success.

Earnings Breakdown * Amazon Influencer Program + Earnings: $737.39 + Activities: Reviewed audio, video, podcasting products, electronics, and baby products with my wife.

• Amazon Associates Program
• Earnings: $94.55

• Activities: Blog posts about podcasting-related items, with links to products on Amazon.

• Outloud Media - User Generated Content

• Earnings: $300.00

• Activities: Partnered with Outloud Media to create content.

• Podcast Sponsor

• Earnings: $300.00

• Note: This sponsorship is ending at the year's end.

• Instant Chapters Affiliate

• Earnings: $26.60
• Activities: Promoted InstantChapters.com, a tool for creating chapters in YouTube videos.

Total Earnings for November 2023: $1,458.54

Closing Thoughts While my goal is to hit $3,000 per month from content creation, November saw me reaching about half of that target.

The journey isn't easy, but it's a path I'm confident in, especially looking forward to 2024. Remember, these earnings are in addition to what I make as the owner of the Podcast Haven, a podcast agency dedicated to producing content for businesses, brands, and entrepreneurs.

Stay Connected with The Podcast Haven * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out The Podcast Archives: * How To Correctly Upload a Podcast To YouTube * Navigating The AI Podcast Landscape ft. Zack David The Podcast Man * The Pros and Cons of AI Speech Enhancement

View Details

In this episode of Clipped, Eric is back to delve into the world of podcast launches. When it comes to introducing your podcast to the world, there isn't a one-size-fits-all approach. It all boils down to what suits your unique circumstances, including the time, effort, resources, and available information at your disposal.

Eric discusses three distinct launch styles, each with its own set of pros and cons. So, without further ado, let's explore the world of podcast launch styles.

The Three Podcast Launch Styles * The Planned Launch * Single Episode Launch * Spontaneous Launch

The Planned Launch A planned launch involves meticulous preparation, including having multiple episodes ready to release on day one, and is often seen as the most strategic approach to podcast launching.

Pros:

• Immediate Listener Engagement: Launching with multiple episodes allows listeners to dive deep into your content from the start, increasing engagement.
• Boost in Rankings: Listening platforms tend to favor podcasts with more downloads and activity right from the beginning, potentially leading to higher rankings.
• Established Credibility: Launching with several episodes demonstrates your commitment and professionalism.

Cons:

• Initial Increased Workload: Preparing multiple episodes for launch day requires a significant upfront effort in recording, editing, and planning.
• Potential Wasted Content: If your podcast doesn't resonate with the audience, you may have invested time and resources in ineffective content.
• Pressure to Maintain Momentum: Launching with high-quality episodes consistently can lead to burnout.

Single Episode Launch A single episode launch is a more straightforward approach, where you focus your efforts on creating one outstanding episode for your debut.

Pros:

• Concentration of Efforts: By focusing on a single episode, you can put more effort into making it outstanding.
• Immediate Feedback: Launching with one episode allows you to gauge feedback and improve future episodes.
• Less Pressure: Simplifying the launch process can reduce stress, especially for first-time podcasters.

Cons:

• Risk of Losing Momentum: Listeners accustomed to binge-listening might be disappointed with only one episode on launch day.
• Algorithmic Disadvantages: Podcast apps may favor shows with multi-episode launches, affecting discoverability.
• Reduced SEO Opportunities: Fewer episodes limit opportunities for search engines to index your content.

Spontaneous Launch A spontaneous launch is characterized by releasing your podcast episode as soon as it's ready, often without extensive planning or preparation.

Pros:

• Overcoming Procrastination: A spontaneous launch can help creators break free from procrastination and get started.
• Authenticity and Excitement: Raw energy and enthusiasm can be captivating for listeners.
• Learning by Doing: Jumping in allows you to learn through hands-on experience.
• Adaptable Content: You can adapt your show's format or follow trends as you go.
• Immediate Gratification: Achieving a spontaneous launch can boost motivation.

Cons:

• Lack of Preparation: Technical issues, marketing challenges, and inconsistent branding may arise without proper preparation.
• Challenges in Building an Audience: Building a following may be more difficult with a spontaneous launch.
• Inconsistency: Maintaining a schedule can be challenging without a plan.

Different Strokes For Different Folks No matter which launch style you choose, remember that there's no right or wrong way to introduce your podcast to the world. Your decision should align with your specific goals and the resources you have at your disposal.

So, explore these styles, weigh the pros and cons, and embark on your podcasting journey with confidence.

Stay Connected with The Podcast Haven * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out The Podcast Archives: * How To Correctly Upload a Podcast To YouTube * Navigating The AI Podcast Landscape ft. Zack David The Podcast Man * The Pros and Cons of AI Speech Enhancement

View Details

In this episode of CLIPPED, we dive into the essential yet often overlooked aspect of podcasting – the podcast trailer. Much like a movie trailer, a podcast trailer sets the stage for what's to come, offering listeners a tantalizing glimpse into the content, style, and personality of your show.

It's not just a teaser; it's a strategic tool to captivate and inform potential listeners about your podcast, helping them decide if it aligns with their interests.

Sponsors: - This episiode is sponsored by Riverside.fm the best place to record remote podcasts. For 20% off of any individual membership plan use promo code CLIPPED at checkout.

Understanding The Essence of a Podcast Trailer * A sneak peek into your podcast's content – who you are, what you'll talk about, and why it matters. * A vital marketing tool to generate excitement and anticipation before your podcast officially launches.

Crafting Your Unique Podcast Trailer * Flexibility in Production: Whether simple or complex, the trailer's effectiveness depends on your production skills or the choice to outsource. * Ideal Length: Aim for 1 to 1.5 minutes. It's long enough to convey essential information but short enough to maintain engagement. * Essential Elements: + Introduce yourself and the name of your show. + Clearly define what your show is about. + Explain why your podcast matters to the listeners.

Scripting Your Podcast Trailer for Maximum Impact * "This is a show about [X] and it's interesting because of [Y] and [Z]." * For educational content: "This is a show about [X], where I teach you how [Y] will get you [Z] results."

Strategic Deployment of Your Podcast Trailer * Initial Release: Launch your trailer 2-3 weeks before the podcast goes live to build a subscriber base and create buzz. * Ongoing Utilization: Use it as a promotional tool within similar podcasts, as a standalone episode on other feeds, or periodically in your feed with variations.

Amplifying Your Trailer's Reach through Social Media * Create engaging videos using stock footage or B-roll to accompany the audio of your trailer. * Use short clips or reels on platforms like Instagram, TikTok, and YouTube, linking back to the podcast. * Break the trailer into segments for diverse social media posts. * Employ animation and video montages for a dynamic presentation of your trailer.

Podcast Trailer Wrap Up Crafting a compelling podcast trailer is more than an introduction; it's an opportunity to establish a connection with your audience right from the start. By carefully considering the content, length, and distribution of your trailer, you can significantly enhance the visibility and appeal of your podcast.

Remember, the trailer is not just a preview, but a powerful marketing asset that resonates with your audience and amplifies your podcast's reach.

Resources:

Want more insights on podcast production? Visit https://thepodcasthaven.com, and don't forget to tune into CLIPPED for more expert tips on growing and monetizing your podcast.

Stay Connected with The Podcast Haven * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out The Podcast Archives: * How To Correctly Upload a Podcast To YouTube * Navigating The AI Podcast Landscape ft. Zack David The Podcast Man * The Pros and Cons of AI Speech Enhancement

View Details

Episode Overview In today's episode, we dive into an in-depth review of four widely used podcast microphones. This comparison is designed to help podcasters understand the unique tonal qualities of each mic and aid in making an informed decision about which one to purchase.

Sponsors: This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm, the best place online to record 4K video and high quality audio, remotely. New users can enter promo code CLIPPED at checkout for 20% off any individual plan.

Featured Microphones * Shure MV7 * Samson Q2U * Audio Technica ATR2100X * Maono PD200X

Microphone Reviews Shure MV7 * Purpose and Design: Targeted towards podcasters, gamers, streamers, and YouTubers. * Connection Options: Offers both XLR and USB connectivity, facilitating on-the-go usage without an audio interface. * Key Features: Touch panel controls, access to the ShurePLUS MOTIV app with customizable settings like EQ and compression. * Performance: Dynamic mic with a focus on isolating sound and reducing background noise. Ideal for less-than-ideal recording environments. * Price Point: A bit higher than entry-level mics but justifies with quality and modern features.

Samson Q2U * Dual Connectivity: Offers both USB and XLR connections for versatile recording options. * Dynamic Design: Excellent at noise rejection, ideal for untreated recording environments. * Headphone Jack: Built-in for zero-latency, real-time audio monitoring. * Onboard Controls: Includes volume control for headphone output for easier audio management. * Ready-to-Use Accessories: Comes with a tripod stand, windscreen, and necessary cables.

Audio Technica ATR2100X USB * Flexibility: USB and XLR connectivity, a recommended addition to any podcasting kit. * Sound and Features: Zero-latency headphone jack, extended frequency response ideal for voice. * Affordability: Priced under $80, offering great value. * Suitability: Excellent for home studios and effective in reducing unwanted ambient noise. * Audience: Suitable for both beginners and intermediate podcasters.

Maono PD200X * First Impressions: Sent by Maono for testing, providing a fresh experience. * Ease of Use: Simple setup with effective shock mount. * Unique Aspects: Includes a mute button and USB connectivity, with an appealing design for gamers. * Sound Quality: Offers good sound with a potential hollow quality when too close. * Target Audience: Budget-friendly, appealing to podcasters, gamers, and streamers.

As Amazon Associates we earn from qualifying purchases. This is at no extra cost to you and the money we make goes back into creating content.

Episode Highlights * Real-Time Demonstrations: Each microphone is tested live, focusing on nuances like plosive sounds. * Practical Insights: Emphasis on the importance of dynamic microphones for podcasting, especially in non-acoustic environments. * Personal Opinions: Host's thoughts and preferences on each mic, inviting listeners to share their opinions.

The Wrap Up This episode offers an invaluable resource for podcasters looking to choose the right microphone. Each reviewed microphone has its strengths, catering to different needs and budgets.

Whether you're starting a podcast or looking to upgrade your equipment, these insights will guide you in making a choice that suits your specific requirements.

Stay Connected with The Podcast Haven * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out The Podcast Archives: * How To Correctly Upload a Podcast To YouTube * Navigating The AI Podcast Landscape ft. Zack David The Podcast Man * The Pros and Cons of AI Speech Enhancement

View Details

In this episode of CLIPPED we’ve got something special for you. Last week we took part in an educational podcast summit called CALLaboration Beyond The Mic.

So many valuable insights were shared from the event participants, that we decided to re-air the livestream as a podcast.

Thus, this episode is a treasure trove of podcasting wisdom, from podcast industry experts. The info shared in this ep is essential for anyone looking to enhance their podcasting journey.

Sponsors:

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. Riverside is our favorite online platform for recording 4K video and high quality audio remotely. For 20% off any individual plan enter code CLIPPED at checkout.

Episode Highlights: * Mastering Podcast Mindset and Growth: Explore the importance of a strong mindset and strategies for overcoming slow growth. * Building Brand Partnerships: Learn how to initiate and nurture brand deals that align with your values. * The Role of AI and Quality in Podcasting: Understand how AI aids content creation and why high-quality audio is crucial. * Embracing Multimedia Approaches: Discover the benefits of video content and the impact of meaningful audience engagement. * Advanced Podcasting Techniques: Insights on upgrading equipment, enhancing recording spaces, and essential audio editing tools. * Community Engagement and YouTube Strategies: Strategies for leveraging local communities and adapting content for YouTube. * Podcast Monetization and AI Integration: Explore various monetization avenues and the innovative use of AI tools in podcasting.

In wrapping up this episode of CLIPPED, we're thrilled to have shared such a wealth of knowledge from the CALLaboration Beyond The Mic summit. This replay isn't just a recap; it's a deep dive into the strategies and innovations shaping the podcasting world today.

Each highlight, from mastering the podcast mindset to leveraging AI, is a stepping stone to start dominating your podcasting journey.

We're already excited for the next CALLaboration Beyond Mic in 2024 and look forward to seeing how these insights evolve and influence your podcasting adventures.

Stay Connected with The Podcast Haven * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

View Details

In episode 75, we're diving deep into the transformative world of AI in podcasting. Specifically, we're tackling speech enhancement technology—those amazing tools that can take your audio from lackluster to professional studio quality.

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. Riverside is our favorite online platform for recording 4K video and high quality audio remotely. For 20% off any individual plan enter code CLIPPED at checkout.

Join us as we explore the ins and outs of AI-driven audio improvement, weigh its benefits against its pitfalls, and share invaluable tips for both AI audio novices and veterans.

A Tool For Your Podcast Toolkit AI is changing the game for podcasters, offering a suite of tools to elevate audio quality and enhance speech. With options like Descript Studio Sound and Adobe Speech Enhancement at our fingertips, podcasters can now ensure their sound is crisp, clear, and consistent—no matter their level of expertise.

But as we integrate these tools into our workflows, we also encounter the risk of over-processing and a potential dependency that could stifle skill development. In this episode, we scrutinize these technologies through a critical lens, providing a balanced view and actionable advice to harness AI wisely.

AI Speech Enhancement Key Moments: * AI's Role in Audio Production: How AI is revolutionizing podcast audio by transforming mediocre recordings into studio-quality sound. * Descript Studio Sound: How its nuanced controls can enhance podcast audio. * The Pros and Cons: Emphasizing the advantages of AI in lowering barriers for newcomers, while cautioning against over-reliance and over-processing. * The Over-Processing Trap: How to avoid common audio glitches. * Dependency Dilemma: A critical look at the growing trend of over-dependence on AI tools among podcast professionals. * The Balance Between AI and Skill: Tips for achieving a balanced approach that leverages AI without undermining the craft of audio production. * A Live Test: Demonstrating AI's impact with a real-life audio sample enhanced through Descript Studio Sound.

Resources: * For a deep dive into AI speech enhancement and to try it for yourself, check out Descript Studio Sound at Descript. * To discover another powerful tool for audio quality improvement, visit Adobe Speech Enhance at Adobe.

Stay Connected with The Podcast Haven * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out The Podcast Archives: * 6 Metrics For Measuring Podcast Growth * From Intern To A-List Podcast Producer and Audio Engineer ft. Jay Yow * Skyrocket Your YouTube Views By Adding Chapters * Navigating The AI Podcast Landscape ft. Zack David The Podcast Man

View Details

Welcome to another episode of CLIPPED, where we dive deep into the world of podcasting. Today, we're thrilled to have Zack David, the founder of The Podcast Man, joining us.

Zack's company specializes in podcast production, offering services like editing, mixing, and even strategy advice. If you're looking to up your podcast game, Zack is the go-to guy.

Sponsors: Riverside.fm - Record 4K Video and High Quality Audio Remotely. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off any individual plan.

What's in Store for You In this episode, we cover a range of topics that are sure to pique your interest. From the role of AI in podcasting to the importance of video in your podcast strategy, we've got it all. Zack also shares his journey from a small town in Minnesota to becoming the Podcast Man.

Episode Highlights * Zack's Origin Story: From Pine City, Minnesota to the podcasting world. * The Role of Music: How Zack's background in music shaped his career in audio. * AI in Podcasting: Is it a game-changer or just another tool in the toolbox? * Video in Podcasting: Why it's more important than you think. * Editing Philosophy: The art of making podcasts sound natural yet polished. * The Importance of Show Notes: How AI is changing the game. * The Human Element: Why the best podcasts still need a personal touch. * Hot Takes: Zack's unfiltered opinions on where the podcast industry is headed.

Takeaways * Short-form content can be a double-edged sword: good for brand building but not necessarily for podcast growth. * Podcasting should be viewed as a part of a larger business strategy, not just a standalone entity. * Video podcasting could be beneficial but isn't strictly necessary; it depends on your goals and resources.

Questions for the Audience * What has been your experience with using short-form content to grow your podcast? * Do you think video is essential for podcasting success today? * How do you measure the ROI of your podcasting efforts?

Connect with The Podcast Man * Website * Instagram

Connect with The Podcast Haven * Website

View Details

Welcome back to CLIPPED, where today we're diving into how to transform your home into a podcast studio, DIY style. Whether you're new to the scene or a seasoned podcaster, we've got some nuggets of wisdom for you.

We're revisiting foundational tips for home recording, and who knows, maybe you'll stumble upon some fresh insights. There’s always room to fine-tune and tweak your setup, right?

Sponsors: Riverside.fm - Record 4K Video and High Quality Audio Remotely. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off any individual plan.

Instant Chapters - Use AI to create YouTube chapters in seconds. - Here's our affiliate link: https://instantchapters.com/?via=eric

This episode isn't just about turning your pad into a makeshift studio. It's our call to action: Don't let a lack of fancy equipment or a "professional" setup hold you back from stepping up to the mic.

We waited 7 years to start CLIPPED, and we want you to avoid that procrastination trap. The right time to start is now, and guess what? You're already equipped with plenty of spaces around your home that offer superb sound quality.

DIY Tips For Turning Your Home Into a Podcast Studio * Second look at your closet: If you overlooked this last time, it’s worth trying. Your clothes can act as great sound dampeners. * Revisit Your Recording Time: Is construction noise from next door bleeding into your recording? Choosing quiet times of the day to record can make a big difference in audio quality. * Car talk: Your vehicle isn’t just for commutes, it's also a surprisingly quiet recording booth. * Rethink the room: If you chose a room with hardwood floors last time, switch it up. A room with rugs and soft furnishings can be a game-changer. * Pillow forts aren't just for kids: If you're a frequent traveler, makeshift vocal booths are your best friend. * Mic Check: Your mic isn't just a tool, it's an instrument. Know how to get the best out of it. * Listening is half the battle: Monitoring your sound through headphones can save you a lot of post-production headaches. * Stay dynamic: If you’ve switched to a condenser mic since the last episode, consider going back to dynamic for better results. * Affordable Acoustics: For those willing to invest a bit, Gik Acoustics offers budget-friendly sound solutions.

Final Takeaways: Building Your Home Podcast Studio Transforming your recording space into a DIY podcast studio is more doable than you think. The core message here is clear: Don't wait for the 'perfect' setup to get your podcast rolling.

With spaces as unconventional as your car or as familiar as your closet, superb sound quality is achievable.

Scheduling your recording times wisely, understanding your mic, and even rethinking your room's acoustics can seriously up your audio game.

Heck, even a pillow fort can serve as a legit vocal booth.

So, why wait?

You've got the tips and tricks at your fingertips, so take that step towards creating a podcast straight from the comfort of your home.

Stay Connected: * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out The Podcast Archives: * 6 Metrics For Measuring Podcast Growth * How To Correctly Upload a Podcast To YouTube * From Intern To A-List Podcast Producer and Audio Engineer ft. Jay Yow * Skyrocket Your YouTube Views By Adding Chapters * September 2023 Income Report

View Details

We’re sponsored by Riverside.fm. If you’re looking to record high quality audio and video remotely, try Riverside today. Use promo code Clipped at checkout for 20% off any individual membership plan.

Welcome back to another episode of Clipped, the podcast that's all about helping you navigate the podcasting world, and teaching you how to make a little dough from your show.

In today's episode, we're diving into a topic that's been buzzing in the podcast community: the rise of podcasting on YouTube. With YouTube pouring significant resources into its podcasting ecosystem, it's at the crux of podcast growth.

So, we’re exploring why you should consider adding a video component to your show, and why you should be prioritizing YouTube as a platform for your podcast.

With features like YouTube Music and a dedicated podcast playlist, YouTube is offering podcasters a world of opportunity for growth and discoverability. But it's not just about uploading your episodes; there are specific steps to ensure your podcast shows up in the right places, and we're covering all that and more.

Episode Highlights: * YouTube's Growing Podcast Community: Why YouTube is becoming a hub for both podcasters and listeners. * How to Get Your Podcast on YouTube Music: A step-by-step guide to setting up your podcast so it appears in YouTube Music's dedicated podcast section. * The Importance of YouTube Music: How YouTube is leaning heavily on YouTube Music as its primary podcasting platform. * YouTube Music: App & Desktop: The platform is available both as an app and on desktop, offering flexibility for listeners. * Audio vs. Video: The importance of incorporating video into your podcast strategy and why sticking to audio-only could mean missing out on significant growth opportunities. * Discoverability on YouTube: How YouTube's algorithm can help your podcast reach a new audience.

Fun Fact: * RSS Feed Rumors: YouTube is rumored to start pulling in podcasts via RSS feeds, which could be a game-changer for podcast discoverability.

Resources: * YouTube Music * Clipped on YouTube Music

Support The Podcast: Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast.

Stay Connected: * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out Our Podcast Archives: * 8 Common Podcast Mistakes To Avoid * From Intern To A-List Podcast Producer and Audio Engineer ft. Jay Yow * Skyrocket Your YouTube Views By Adding Chapters * Podcast Guest Booking: From Pitch To Placement ft. Kacey Hayes * The Great Social Media Podcast Myth

View Details

We’re sponsored by Riverside.fm. If you’re looking to record high quality audio and video remotely, try Riverside today. Use promo code Clipped at checkout for 20% off any individual membership plan.

In today's episode of CLIPPED, we're diving deep into the metrics that matter for your podcast. Forget just counting downloads; we're talking about a holistic approach to measuring your podcast's growth.

From networking to episode completion rates, we're covering six key metrics that will give you a 360-degree view of your show's performance.

Beyond Downloads We all want to see our podcasts grow, but focusing solely on download numbers can be a one-dimensional and often discouraging approach. That's why it's crucial to look at your podcast as an extension of your brand and business. By keeping an eye on these six metrics, you'll not only gauge the health of your podcast but also find new avenues for growth and engagement.

6 Ways To Measure Podcast Growth * Networking and Relationship Building: Hosting interviews? You're already expanding your network. Track meaningful connections and collaborations that can lead to speaking opportunities, business deals, and friendships. * Episode Completion Rate: Log into Apple Podcasts Connect to find out how much of your episodes your audience is actually listening to. A growing completion rate indicates a more engaged audience. * Social Media Engagement: If your social media metrics are on the rise, it's a sign that your podcast is resonating with people. Track DMs, comments, and shares to measure this. * Listener Ratings and Reviews: Keep an eye on those five-star reviews and comments. They're not just ego-boosters; they're indicators of a growing and appreciative audience. * Listener Conversions: Are you driving traffic to your digital products or courses? Track clicks and sales to measure how effectively your podcast serves as a marketing tool. * Email List Growth: Your email list is a direct line to your audience. If it's growing because of your podcast, you're on the right track.

Support The Podcast: Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast.

Stay Connected: * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out Our Podcast Archives: * 8 Common Podcast Mistakes To Avoid * From Intern To A-List Podcast Producer and Audio Engineer ft. Jay Yow * Skyrocket Your YouTube Views By Adding Chapters * Podcast Guest Booking: From Pitch To Placement ft. Kacey Hayes * The Great Social Media Podcast Myth

View Details

We’re sponsored by Riverside.fm. If you’re looking to record high quality audio and video remotely, try Riverside today. Use promo code Clipped at checkout for 20% off any individual membership plan.

In this episode, we're getting real about the numbers. Eric shares his creator earnings for September 2023, giving you a transparent look at what it takes to monetize your content.

Whether you're a newbie or a seasoned podcaster, this episode offers valuable insights into diversifying income streams and understanding the ever-changing market dynamics.

Eric opens up about his journey to achieve a monthly income of $3,000 solely from content creation, in addition to running his production company.

He breaks down his earnings from various platforms like the Amazon Influencer Program, Amazon Associates, and podcast sponsorships.

The episode serves as a reality check, emphasizing that while making money from content is achievable, it's not a walk in the park. It requires constant learning, adaptation, and a keen understanding of market trends.

Earnings Highlights: * Amazon Influencer Program: Eric made $506.23 in September 2023 through video reviews on Amazon products. He discusses how you can diversify your reviews beyond your niche. * Amazon Associates: With an earning of $69.83, Eric explains how affiliate links in blogs and YouTube descriptions can add up. * Podcast Sponsorships: A steady income of $300 a month from Riverside.fm shows the potential of locking in long-term sponsorships. * Market Changes: A dip in earnings from August to September highlights the impact of market changes, specifically alterations in the Amazon Influencer Program's algorithms. * Future Outlook: Eric is optimistic about October's earnings, especially with Amazon's Prime Day around the corner. He also shares plans to continue adding more product review videos. * Ultimate Goal: Aiming for a $3,000 monthly income from content creation by 2024, Eric invites listeners to join him on this journey.

This episode is a must-listen if you're looking to understand the financial aspects of content creation.

Support The Podcast: Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast.

Stay Connected: * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out Our Podcast Archives: * 8 Common Podcast Mistakes To Avoid * From Intern To A-List Podcast Producer and Audio Engineer ft. Jay Yow * Skyrocket Your YouTube Views By Adding Chapters * Podcast Guest Booking: From Pitch To Placement ft. Kacey Hayes * The Great Social Media Podcast Myth

View Details

In this episode, we're thrilled to have Jay Yow on the podcast. Jay is an audio engineer who's journeyed from Malaysia to the United States, chasing his dreams in the world of sound. We’re stoked to unpack Jay’s story. From his educational start at the School of Audio Engineering in Malaysia to working with top-tier musicians and eventually producing The James Altucher Show, Jay's career is a roadmap for anyone looking to turn their passion into a profession.

Hard Work Meets Opportunity We'll delve into Jay's journey through the traditional hierarchy of New York studios, followed by his transition into voiceover work and eventually into podcasting. Additionally, we'll discuss how he secured opportunities to work with A-list talent, including Rick Ross, DJ Khaled, Mark Cuban, Richard Branson, Benedict Cumberbatch, and more!

The overarching theme? When you stick with things and work hard, opportunities will come.

Highlights From Jay’s Story * The Malaysia Foundation: Jay's roots in Malaysia and his early interest in audio set the stage for his journey. His proactive approach to putting in “the work” * Florida Man Introduction: Landing in Florida was Jay's first taste of American culture, and it came with its own set of challenges and eye-opening experiences, including the infamous "bath salt incident." * Full Sail and the Ultimatum: A relationship ultimatum led Jay to Full Sail University, where he expanded his skills and network. It was a stepping stone, even if the relationship didn't last. * New York Studios and the Hierarchy: Jay's time in New York studios like Avatar taught him the hard realities of the traditional studio hierarchy. From intern to general manager, the climb is steep and often thankless. * Voiceover Transition: Jay found a new avenue in voiceover work, which eventually led him to work with big names like Benedict Cumberbatch and Mike Myers. It was a shift, but one that paid off. * The Quest for Perfect Sound: Jay's relentless pursuit of the perfect sound led him through various equipment setups. His discovery of the SM7B and CloudLifter combo became a game-changer for him. * Learning from Mistakes: Jay's early podcasting experiences were far from smooth. From microphone mishaps to learning the nuances of the medium, it was a learning curve that he navigated successfully. * The Power of Networking: Whether it was finding a mentor or connecting with industry professionals, Jay's story emphasizes the importance of building a strong network in the audio world.

So sit back and tune in as we unpack Jay's incredible journey, filled with ups, downs, and valuable lessons in the world of audio engineering and beyond.

Hit Us Up! That's a wrap for this episode! If you're struggling with podcast production or just need some expert advice, don't hesitate to reach out to us at The Podcast Haven.

Support The Podcast: Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast.

Connect with Jay Yow * Jay's Instagram * The James Aultcher Show

Connect with Clipped: * Clipped Website * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out Our Podcast Archives: * 8 Common Podcast Mistakes To Avoid * How To Record a Podcast With Only Two Tools * How To Make Money From Your Podcast ft. Adam Schaeuble of Podcasting Business School

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. In fact, it was recorded using Riverside. If you're looking to record high quality video and audio remotely, try Riverside today.

Use promo code CLIPPED at checkout and get 20% off any individual plan.

In this episode, we're stoked to be chatting with Kacey Hayes, an entrepreneur who transitioned from the corporate world of medical billing to the dynamic landscape of podcasting. Based in Alabama, Kacey is a unique voice in the online business community and specializes in booking guests on podcasts.

We’re getting into Kacey's journey, discussing how she went from feeling stuck in a cubicle to running her own business. The conversation touches on the importance of mindset, the power of podcasting as a medium, and the strategies Kacey employs to help her clients get booked on podcasts.

What You’ll Learn: Custom Email Templates: Kacey emphasizes the importance of personalized outreach. She uses custom email templates that are tailored to each podcast, increasing the chances of getting booked.

Strategy Calls: Before diving into the podcast guesting process, Kacey conducts initial strategy calls with her clients. These calls help set expectations, goals, and align the client's message with the right podcasts.

What to Include in a Pitch: Kacey breaks down the essential elements of a compelling pitch, including a hook, your unique selling proposition, and why you'd be a great fit for the specific podcast.

Using Voice Memos: Eric introduces an innovative approach to outreach—using voice memos. He finds that voice memos add a personal touch and can make your pitch stand out.

The Importance of Subject Lines: Kacey stresses that a captivating subject line can make or break your pitch. She shares techniques for crafting subject lines that grab attention and get your email opened.

Multi-Factorial Approach: Kacey employs a cohesive strategy that combines email, social media, and voice memos to maximize her clients' chances of getting booked on podcasts.

Don't miss out on the valuable insights Kacey has to offer. If you're looking to get booked on podcasts or just want to understand the medium better, this episode is a goldmine.

Hit that follow button and share this episode with anyone who could benefit from it!

Hit Us Up! That's a wrap for this episode! If you're struggling with podcast production or just need some expert advice, don't hesitate to reach out to us at The Podcast Haven. Keep listening, keep engaging, and keep creating!

Support The Podcast: Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast.

Connect with Kacey Hayes: * KH Podcasting Services * Kacye’s Guest Pitching Checklist * Work with Kacey

Connect with Clipped: * Clipped Website * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out Our Podcast Archives: * 8 Common Podcast Mistakes To Avoid * How To Record a Podcast With Only Two Tools * How To Make Money From Your Podcast ft. Adam Schaeuble of Podcasting Business School

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm - Signup here for 20% any Riverside membership plan: https://www.riverside.fm?via=thepodcasthaven

In today's episode, we're diving into a topic that every podcaster grapples with at some point: choosing between solo and interview-style episodes. It's a decision that can significantly impact your podcast's direction, audience engagement, and even monetization.

We'll explore the pros and cons of both formats, offering insights into why you might opt for one over the other. If you’re looking to shake things up, this episode is packed with actionable tips to help you make an informed choice. From building a personal connection with your audience to leveraging interviews for networking, we've got you covered.

Solo Podcasts vs. Interview Podcasts Solo Episodes * Personal Connection: Solo episodes allow for a deeper, more intimate relationship with your audience. * Control Over Content: When it's just you, you have complete control over what you talk about. This is your chance to educate, share personal stories, and build trust. * Ease of Production: Solo episodes are generally easier to schedule, record, and edit. They often require less time and resources compared to interview episodes. * Positioning as an Expert: Solo episodes give you the platform to establish yourself as an authority in your field, which can be crucial for brand building and monetization. * Monetization Opportunities: Solo episodes offer a natural setting for promoting your products, services, or coaching programs without disrupting the flow of the episode.

Interview Episodes * Expert Opinions: Interviews allow you to bring in other experts, offering your audience a fresh perspective and diversifying your content. * Networking: Hosting interviews can be a fantastic networking opportunity, opening doors that might otherwise remain closed. * Interview Swaps: Being a guest on your interviewee's podcast can introduce you to a new audience, creating a win-win situation for both parties. * Content Variety: Mixing in interviews can keep your content fresh and engaging, offering a break from the usual solo episodes.

How to Choose Your Podcast Format * Consider Your Goals: Your podcasting goals will largely dictate which format suits you best. If you're looking to position yourself as an expert, solo might be the way to go. If networking is your aim, interviews can be incredibly beneficial. * Your Strengths Matter: Some people find solo episodes easier, while others thrive in the conversational dynamic of an interview. Knowing your strengths can help you decide. * It's Not Either-Or: You don't have to stick to just one format. Many successful podcasts use a mix of both to keep things interesting.

Wrapping It All Up That's a wrap for this episode! If you're struggling with podcast production or just need some expert advice, don't hesitate to reach out to us at The Podcast Haven. Keep listening, keep engaging, and keep creating!

Support The Podcast: Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast.

Stay Connected: * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out Our Podcast Archives: * 8 Common Podcast Mistakes To Avoid * How To Record a Podcast With Only Two Tools * How To Make Money From Your Podcast ft. Adam Schaeuble of Podcasting Business School

View Details

For 20% off any individual Riverside membership plan use promo code CLIPPED at checkout.

In this episode, we're thrilled to have Stephen Robles, a Video Producer at Riverside.fm, join us for an enlightening conversation. With a background in music and a passion for tech, Stephen has carved out a unique space for himself in the podcasting world. At Riverside.fm, he focuses on creating high-quality video and audio content, leveraging his expertise to help podcasters and content creators elevate their game.

Strap in for a deep dive into the multifaceted world of Stephen Robles. Not only is he the host of multiple podcasts, but he also produces an awesome YouTube channel dedicated to all things Apple. If that's not enough, Stephen is a smart home aficionado with over 100 smart devices decking out his living space. This episode is a treasure trove of podcasting insights, podcast editing philosophy, social media clips for discoverability, and much more.

Whether you're a seasoned podcaster or just getting started, you won't want to miss this.

Key Takeaways: * Stephen's Background: How a love for music led him into video production and the podcasting space. * Multi-Talented Host: Stephen's experience hosting multiple podcasts and producing a YouTube channel about Apple products. * Smart Home Enthusiast: Learn about Stephen's passion for smart home devices, with over 100 gadgets in his own home. * Choosing the Right Tools: Why Stephen opts for Ferrite to edit podcasts on an iPad. * Passion Over Everything: The importance of being genuinely interested in your podcast topic. * Format Matters: Why you should carefully consider the format of your podcast. * Niche Podcasting: Stephen's take on creating compelling stories by going super specific, like covering a high school basketball team. * Workflow Tips: How Stephen streamlines his podcast production process. * Advice for Newbies: Stephen's top tips for those looking to start their own podcast

Connect With Stephen: * Stephen’s Website * Stephen’s YouTube * Stephen’s Podcasts

Support The Podcast: Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast.

Stay Connected: * The Podcast Haven * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn

Check Out Our Podcast Archives: * 8 Common Podcast Mistakes To Avoid * How To Record a Podcast With Only Two Tools * How To Make Money From Your Podcast ft. Adam Schaeuble of Podcasting Business School

View Details

Welcome back to another episode of Clipped, the go-to podcast for all things podcasting. Today we're diving into a topic that's both exciting and enlightening: my creator income for August 2023.

The Reason Behind the Share Why am I sharing this, you ask? Well, for starters, I want to show you that making money online as a content creator is not some mythical unicorn; it's very much achievable. Secondly, these numbers serve as a realistic benchmark for those of you with a similar audience size. Lastly, to inspire you to get started on your content creator journey. It’s not too late!

So, let’s give it a go.

The Three Ways I Make Money Podcast Sponsorships My first income stream is podcast sponsorships. Brands pay me to give them a shout out during the episode, and for August, I raked in $300.

Affiliate Marketing Next up is affiliate marketing. I made $83.17 from Amazon and $86.40 from Riverside.fm.

Amazon Influencer Program Last but not least, the Amazon Influencer Program brought in $664.99 for August. I review products on Amazon, and if you make a purchase after watching my video, I get a commission.

The Numbers Breakdown * Total from Podcast Sponsorships: $300 * Total from Affiliate Marketing: $169.57 * Total from Amazon Influencer Program: $664.99 * Grand Total for August 2023: $1,134.56

Audience Metrics for Context * Podcast Downloads: 951 for August, 7,439 total * Website Visitors: 2,142 for August * Instagram Followers: 3,796 * YouTube Subscribers: 92 * LinkedIn Followers: 682 * Email List: 564 subscribers

Final Thoughts: Your Turn to Shine I hope these numbers inspire you to kickstart or ramp up your own content creation journey. Whether you're looking to make a living or just some side cash, the key takeaway is this: it's never too late to start. If you need help, hit me up at Podcast Haven and let's make your content creation dreams a reality.

Resources Mentioned In This Episode:

• My Earnings As a Content Creator - EP 62
• The Best Podcast Equipment For 2023

Support The Podcast: Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast.

Stay Connected: The Podcast Haven

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

Clipped Website

View Details

Welcome back to another episode of Clipped, the podcast that's your go-to source for all things podcasting. This episode dives deep into the common mistakes podcasters make and how to avoid them. Whether you're a newbie or a seasoned podcaster, these tips are designed to help you elevate your podcast game.

Let’s Give It a Go…

Episode Highlights 1. Using a Condenser Microphone The Mistake: Many podcasters opt for condenser microphones, which are sensitive and pick up all sorts of background noise.
The Fix: Switch to a dynamic microphone. They isolate your voice and give you that rich, broadcast tone you're after.

1. Not Using a Microphone At All The Mistake: Some podcasters, especially guests, talk directly into their laptop microphone.
   The Fix: At the very least, use a wired headset. If you're hosting, invest in a quality podcast microphone.

2. Recording Via Zoom The Mistake: Zoom may be great for meetings, but it's not ideal for podcasting due to compressed audio and potential dropouts.
   The Fix: Use a platform designed for podcasting like Riverside.fm. It offers high-quality audio and video recording.

3. Not Being on All Platforms The Mistake: Limiting your podcast to just one or two platforms.
   The Fix: Distribute your podcast on as many platforms as possible, including YouTube, to maximize your reach.

4. Lack of Target Audience or Niche The Mistake: Starting a podcast without a clear target audience or subject matter.
   The Fix: Define your audience, niche, and goals before you even hit record. This will serve as your roadmap for future episodes.

5. Interrupting Guests or Speaking Over Them The Mistake: Constantly interrupting your guests or thinking about your next question instead of actively listening.
   The Fix: Practice active listening. Jot down notes if you have something to say, but let your guest finish speaking first.

6. Not Doing Guest Research The Mistake: Inviting guests onto your show without proper research can lead to a lackluster conversation.
   The Fix: Spend one to two hours researching your guest. Make sure they align with your podcast's theme and can offer value to your audience.

7. Failing to Promote Your Podcast The Mistake: Not promoting your podcast can limit its growth.
   The Fix: Be your own biggest fan. Utilize social media, newsletters, and word-of-mouth to get the word out there.

If you need help with your podcast, head on over to The Podcast Haven and fill out the contact form. We’ll get back to you to set up a chat.

Keep listening, keep engaging, and keep creating

Explore Our Podcast Archives: * The Great Social Media Podcast Myth * Top 5 Benefits of Solo Podcasts * Skyrocket Your YouTube Views By Adding Chapters

Support The Podcast: Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast.

Stay Connected: The Podcast Haven

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

Clipped Website

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. Enter promo code CLIPPED for 20% off any individual Riverside membership plan.

Welcome back to Clipped, where we dive into the world of podcasting, offering top-notch production tips, valuable resources, and industry insights. In this episode, your host Eric, an audio engineer with over 12 years of experience, breaks down the easiest way to record a podcast. If you're a new podcaster feeling overwhelmed by all the equipment and options, this episode is for you. Eric shares two essential tools that are all you need to kickstart your podcasting journey without breaking the bank.

Podcasting doesn't have to be complicated or expensive. Eric introduces two essential tools that are super cost-affordable and will produce a really good sound. The first is the Audio-Technica ATR-2100X USB microphone, known for its crisp and clear sound. The second is Riverside.fm, an all-in-one online recording studio that makes recording, editing, and marketing your podcast a breeze.

Episode Highlights: * The Audio-Technica ATR-2100X USB microphone is a favorite among podcasters, offering USB and XLR compatibility, crisp sound, and affordability. * Riverside.fm: A versatile online recording studio that offers remote podcast audio and video recording, editing, and marketing, all in high definition. * Recording: Riverside's technology bypasses poor or unstable internet connections, ensuring crisp video and clean audio. * Editing: Riverside's AI transcribes your audio, allowing you to edit by simply deleting words in the transcript. * Marketing: Features like Magic Clips automatically create snippets for social media promotion. * Full-Length Videos: Customize your layout and background for YouTube videos, with AI cutting to different speakers automatically. * Special Offer: Use promo code CLIPPED at Riverside.fm for 20% off any individual membership plan.

Don't let the fear of complexity hold you back from starting your podcast. With the Audio-Technica ATR-2100X USB microphone and Riverside.fm, these two tools are literally all you need to start a podcast. Creativity and sharing your message become accessible and enjoyable, without unnecessary complications.

Keep listening, engaging, and creating

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. Use promo code CLIPPED when you sign up for Riverside and get 20% off any individual plan.

In this special episode, we're taking a close look at Eric's creator journey, providing a tangible glimpse into the world of podcasting. Explore real earnings, the platforms that generate income, and the size of the audience that shapes the financial landscape.

This episode aims to give you a baseline to understand how much you can make based on your reach, inspiring you to embark on your own creative journey.

Episode Highlights * Introduction to Eric and the Podcast Haven + Background in audio engineering + Launching the Podcast Haven + A boutique podcast production company

• Earnings as a Creator
• Breakdown of earnings from various platforms

• Goals and progress towards $3,000 a month

• Ways to Make Money as a Creator

• Podcast sponsorships
• Affiliate Marketing

• Amazon Influencer Program

• Monthly Earnings Breakdown

• May, June, and July earnings

• Strategies and relationships with sellers

• Audience Size and Reach

• Podcast downloads, website traffic, social media followers

• Strategies for growth and engagement

• Final Thoughts and Encouragement

• The grind and patience required
• Encouragement for new and seasoned podcasters
• Contact info and invitation to connect

Join Eric as he shares his authentic experiences, earnings, and growth strategies. Whether you're just starting out or looking to monetize your podcast, this episode offers valuable insights and inspiration to help you on your creative journey.

Resources:

• Amazon Influencer Program
• Clipped Episode 38 - How To Make Money As An Amazon Influencer
• The Podcast Haven

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm - Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% any individual membership plan.

Signup today! - https://www.riverside.fm?via=thepodcasthaven

Adam Schaeuble is not just any Podcasting Business Coach; he's a seasoned veteran in the podcasting world. With a staggering seven years in the industry and nearly 800 episodes across three different podcasts, Adam has honed his craft and truly understands the nuances of podcasting. He has mastered the art of using a podcast as a tool to expand one's audience, nurture them into becoming super fans, and eventually converting those super fans into loyal clients. Dive into his world and learn more about his journey on his website, Podcasting Business School.

Episode Summary In this riveting episode of CLIPPED, we dive deep into the world of podcasting with none other than Adam Schaeuble. Together, we unravel the secrets behind successful podcasting, discuss the challenges faced by podcasters, and explore the strategies that can help turn a podcast into a thriving business. From understanding your audience to monetizing your content, this episode is packed with insights that every budding podcaster and seasoned professional will find invaluable.

Key Takeaways * The Power of Podcasting: Understanding how a podcast can be a game-changer for your brand and business. * Audience Engagement: Tips and tricks to turn casual listeners into super fans and loyal clients. * Monetization Strategies: Exploring various avenues to generate revenue from your podcast. * The Art of Consistency: The importance of regular content and maintaining a consistent podcasting schedule. * Challenges in Podcasting: A candid discussion about the hurdles podcasters face and how to overcome them. * The Evolution of Podcasting: How the industry has changed over the years and what the future holds. * Adam's Personal Journey: A deep dive into Adam's podcasting career, his successes, and the lessons he's learned along the way.

Connect With Adam:

• Podcasting Business School
• PBS Instagram

Connect with The Podcast Haven:

The Podcast Haven

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

In this enlightening episode of CLIPPED, we delve into the numbers that shape the podcast industry. As the world of podcasting continues to evolve, understanding these statistics can help us navigate this ever-changing landscape.

Whether you're a seasoned podcaster or just starting out, getting to grips with industry data can offer valuable insights. It can influence your content strategy, help you understand your audience better, and give you an edge in this dynamic medium.

This episode aims to decode the often overwhelming world of podcast statistics and make it accessible and actionable for all podcasters.

Podcast Landscape The podcast industry is vast, teeming with approximately 3-4 million podcasts. But according to PodcastPage.io, of these millions, only about 44% have more than three episodes, narrowing down to roughly 720,000 podcasts with more than ten episodes.

Even more striking, only 156,000 of these podcasts release a weekly episode.

This might seem like a lot until we compare it to YouTube, which boasts between 38 and 114 million active channels. It’s difficult to find the exact number of channels. We pulled these numbers from what seemed like reliable sources online.

Download Data How do you measure up in the sea of podcasts? Based on data from podcasters who host their shows on Libsyn, this is what we found.

If your podcast episode has over:

• 145 downloads: You're in the top 50% of podcasts.
• 1,200 downloads: You're in the top 20% of podcasts.
• 3,500 downloads: You're in the top 10% of podcasts.
• 8,100 downloads: You're in the top 5% of podcasts.
• 20,000 downloads: You're in the top 2% of podcasts.
• 34,000 downloads: You've made it to the top 1% of podcasts.

Buzzsprout Data Alternatively, Buzzsprout provides another perspective on podcast popularity based on downloads in the first seven days:

• Top 1% of podcasts get over 5,075 downloads.
• Top 5% get over 1,109 downloads.
• Top 10% get over 462 downloads.
• Top 25% get over 113 downloads.
• The median podcast (Top 50%) gets 31 downloads.

Measuring Success Beyond Downloads While download numbers are a significant part of the picture, they aren't the whole story. Consider these additional metrics to measure the success of your podcast:

• Audience Engagement: Look at comments, emails, and social media shares.
• Listener Retention: Are listeners sticking around for the whole episode?
• Subscriber Growth: A slow but steady growth is a good sign.
• Relevance in Search: How visible is your podcast in search results?
• Reviews and Ratings: Positive reviews and ratings can boost your visibility.

Resources: For more information and resources, check out the following sites:

• PodcastPage.io: A platform to help you create and manage your podcast website.
• Apple Podcasts Connect: A platform for managing your podcasts on Apple Podcasts.
• Spotify for Podcasters: A tool to understand and engage your audience on Spotify.
• Buzzsprout: A platform to help you host, promote, and track your podcast.
• Libsyn: A podcast hosting service providing everything your podcast needs.

Explore Our Podcast Archives:

• How To Make Money With The Amazon Influencer Program
• Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast
• Travis Brown: The Side Hustle King | Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy
• 5 Steps To Build An Engaging Podcast

Support The Podcast:

Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast.

Stay Connected:

The Podcast Haven

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. Sign up for any individual memberhsip plan and get 20% off with promo code CLIPPED.

Sign up today! https://www.riverside.fm?via=thepodcasthaven

In this episode, we're exploring the power and potential of YouTube chapters. This is a topic that's relatively new to me, but I've found it fascinating and I'm thrilled to share with you a tool that I've discovered that can help automate the process.

Here are some key takeaways:

YouTube Chapters: A Quick Intro

• YouTube chapters are a feature that allows you to insert timestamps into your video, enabling viewers to navigate to specific parts they want to watch. It's an excellent way to improve viewer experience and encourage more engagement.

4 Reasons Why YouTube Chapters Boost Engagement

1. Improve Navigation: Viewers can navigate to the parts they want to watch. This is particularly useful for tutorial videos or how-to guides.
2. Enhanced User Experience: Providing a breakdown of the content gives viewers an overview of what's in the video. They can decide which parts they want to watch, saving time and improving their experience.
3. Increased Engagement: Viewers are more likely to share a video they found useful and recommend specific sections to others.
4. SEO Benefits: Chapters can help your video appear in relevant Google and YouTube search results. Both platforms use the information provided in the video description, including chapters, to determine its relevance to search queries.

Special Announcement: Podcast Haven Podcast Haven is a full-service podcast production company that can help you craft compelling stories through audio and make your podcast shine. For more details, visit thepodcasthaven.com.

Tool Spotlight: Instant Chapters Instant Chapters is a tool designed to enhance the content creation process for YouTube creators by generating timestamped chapters for videos using AI. This can be done 40 times faster and five times cheaper than human detailed work.

Steps to use Instant Chapters:

1. Go to instantchapters.com and link the video you want to add chapters to.
2. A slider appears. If you want the most amount of chapters, set the slider to 1. For fewer chapters covering only the main talking points, set it to 10.
3. Instant Chapters will automatically generate the timestamped chapters.
4. Copy the timestamps to your clipboard and paste them into the video description on YouTube. Make sure to turn off automatic chapters.

The episode concludes with an in-depth exploration of Instant Chapters, including its cost-effectiveness, speed, and accuracy.

For any YouTube creators looking to enhance their viewer's experience and potentially boost engagement and reach, incorporating YouTube chapters can be a valuable strategy, made even easier with the Instant Chapters tool.

Remember, keep creating and keep engaging.

Explore Our Podcast Archives: * How To Make Money With The Amazon Influencer Program * Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast * Travis Brown: The Side Hustle King | Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy * 5 Steps To Build An Engaging Podcast

Stay Connected: The Podcast Haven

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

In this episode, we're going to delve into the top five reasons why you should consider recording solo podcasts or incorporating more of them if you're already doing so. These reasons are not just about enhancing your podcasting experience, but also about leveraging your brand, business, and show. So, without further ado, let's give it a go.

Building Authority in Your Niche * Thought Leadership: Solo podcasts allow you to position yourself as an expert in your niche. By speaking on a topic with authority, you build trust with your listeners. * Showcasing Skills: Solo episodes create space for you to showcase your skills, talents, and abilities, which is invaluable in a crowded marketplace.

Selling Your Products and Services * Platform for Promotion: Solo podcasts provide an excellent platform for introducing your products and services organically without sounding salesy. * Addressing Questions: It's the perfect opportunity to address questions about your business, discuss new products or launches, and give insights or tips.

Deeper Audience Connection * Personal Bond: Solo episodes allow you to connect more deeply with the listener, building a personal bond and humanizing your brand. * Strengthening Audience Loyalty: Sharing personal life or behind-the-scenes insights strengthens your audience bond.

Saving on Production Time & Resources * Flexibility: With solo podcast episodes, there's greater flexibility with your schedule. You record when you want and when it works for you. * Time and Resource Saving: Solo podcasts tend to be shorter, so there's less to edit. It saves time, energy, and resources.

Control Over Your Content * Content Control: You get to talk about exactly what you want. You can control the tone and the direction of the show. * Experimentation: These are a great time to experiment with different lengths of episodes, styles, and other elements of your show.

That's it for today's episode. I hope you're convinced to try out solo podcasting. Remember, it's not about doing only solo episodes but adding them into your repertoire.

Keep listening, keep engaging, and keep creating.

Explore Our Podcast Archives: * How To Make Money With The Amazon Influencer Program * Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast * Travis Brown: The Side Hustle King | Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy * 5 Steps To Build An Engaging Podcast

Stay Connected: The Podcast Haven

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. With Riverside you can record up to 4K video and high-fidelity audio all from your web browser. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off. Sign Up Here: https://www.riverside.fm/?via=thepodc...

Get ready to unlearn everything you thought you knew about podcast growth. This episode challenges a common misconception in the podcasting world - that social media is the magic key to audience growth. Our host, Eric, a seasoned industry insider, takes a hard stance based on years of experience and evidence from their own podcast journey.

Social media, while a powerful tool for conversation and content discussion, may not be the golden ticket for podcast growth that it's often portrayed to be.

This episode dives into why the relationship between social media and podcast growth isn't as straightforward as many believe, and what strategies actually do work when it comes to expanding your listener base.

Why Social Media Followers Don’t Convert To Podcast Listeners:

• Social Media Misalignment: Social media platforms and podcasts cater to different types of content consumers. Social media typically delivers quick dopamine hits through short-form content. On the other hand, podcasts offer long-form, immersive content requiring a more focused form of engagement.
• Platform Switching Hassle: Converting a social media viewer into a podcast listener requires them to take additional steps - leaving the social platform, going to a podcast app, finding your show, and then starting to listen. This barrier can deter potential listeners.
• Screen-Free Nature of Podcasts: Podcasts' screen-free nature is one of their strengths, as it allows listeners to engage while multitasking. However, this presents a challenge when trying to convert social media views, which require screen attention, into podcast downloads.

Episode Highlights:

• A deep-dive into why social media doesn't necessarily translate to podcast growth, despite common beliefs.
• Evidence-based insights from our host's own podcasting journey and industry experience.
• Discussion on how social media excels at sparking conversations and debates, but doesn't necessarily drive listeners to podcasts.
• Exploration of alternative strategies for podcast growth that have proven effective.
• Comparative analysis of social media-based growth strategies versus these alternative methods.
• Actionable tips and advice for podcasters looking to grow their audience effectively.

Join us as we debunk myths and shine a light on the truth about podcast growth. You won't want to miss this enlightening discussion.

Explore Our Podcast Archives:

• How To Make Money With The Amazon Influencer Program
• Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast
• Travis Brown: The Side Hustle King | Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy
• 5 Steps To Build An Engaging Podcast

Support The Podcast:

Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast.

Stay Connected:

The Podcast Haven

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

  This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. With Riverside you can record up to 4K video and high-fidelity audio all from your web browser. **Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off.**

In this episode, we draw parallels between the thrill of gambling in Las Vegas and maximizing podcast success through the calculated risks we take in podcasting.

We explore the importance of betting on yourself, doubling down on what works, knowing when to fold, and staying in the game for the long haul.

Episode Highlights: * Betting on Yourself: Confidence is key in podcasting. It's about shooting your shot, reaching out to dream guests, pitching yourself to shows you want to be on, and not letting fear hold you back. * Doubling Down: When you find a strategy whether it's a show format, a type of episode, or a pitch, it's time to double down. Invest more time, money, resources, and creativity into what's working. This will help you in maximizing your podcast success.

         * **Knowing When to Fold:** Not all strategies will work, and that's okay. Recognizing when something isn't working and being willing to pivot is key to long-term success.

• Staying in the Game: Podcasting is a long-term game. By incorporating these strategies and focusing on sustained success, you'll start to see the results you want.
• Celebrating the Wins: It's important to celebrate the small victories along the way. These "podcast jackpots" keep us motivated and remind us to enjoy the journey.

For more information on how to become a better, more efficient podcaster, head over to The Podcast Haven. We offer a full-service podcast solution including editing, show notes, blog posts, videos, clips, and more to help make your podcast a success.

Stay tuned for more insights and tips on the next episode of Clipped. Until then, keep listening, keep engaging, and keep creating.

Explore Our Podcast Archives: * How To Make Money With The Amazon Influencer Program * Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast * Travis Brown: The Side Hustle King | Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy * 5 Steps To Build An Engaging Podcast

Stay Connected: The Podcast Haven

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

In this episode, we delve into the world of podcast production, exploring a variety of tools that can enhance your workflow, boost your productivity, and enable you to generate more content swiftly and effortlessly.

The key to a successful podcast lies in establishing a seamless workflow that works specifically for you. We'll walk through each tool in the order they are incorporated into the production process, from pre-production to launch and marketing.

It’s possible you’re already using some of these. If not, pull bits and pieces from this episode and try incorporating them into your podcast production. We’re confident these can help you create a podcast machine.

Tools Discussed

• ChatGPT: An AI tool that assists in crafting and shaping ideas for podcast episodes.
• Riverside.fm:A platform for recording both audio and video for podcasts.
• Pro Tools: A high-quality audio production software used for editing and mixing.
• Libsyn: A podcast hosting service that publishes to various platforms and provides valuable insights and analytics.
• Canva: An all-in-one graphic design tool used for creating thumbnails and social media assets.
• Momento: An AI tool that creates engaging video clips for social media.
• Descript: An AI transcription service used for transcribing episodes.
• iMovie: A straightforward video editing tool.
• WordPress: A website hosting platform used for publishing blog posts and show notes.

The links above are affiliate links and we earn from qualifying purchases.

Creating a podcast is a journey, and finding the right tools to streamline your process is crucial. Whether you're just starting out or looking to enhance your current workflow, the tools mentioned in this episode can help you create a podcast machine that works for you.

Explore Our Podcast Archives:

• How To Make Money With The Amazon Influencer Program
• Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast
• Travis Brown: The Side Hustle King | Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy
• 5 Steps To Build An Engaging Podcast

Support The Podcast:

Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast.

Stay Connected:

The Podcast Haven

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. It was also recorded using Riverside. For 20% off any individual membership plan, use promo code CLIPPED at checkout.

Riverside.fm

Welcome back to Clipped, the podcast that brings you podcast production tips, industry insights, valuable resources, and education to help make every podcaster's life easier. In this episode, we delve into the world of podcast SEO (Search Engine Optimization). SEO is a term that's thrown around a lot in the podcasting world, and it can be a little confusing.

So, we're here to break down that mystery for you. We'll uncover five actionable tips and techniques that you can apply today to boost your podcast SEO and enhance its discoverability.

5 Tips to Improve Your Podcast SEO

1. Turn Your Podcast into Blog Posts: This technique involves transcribing your podcast, highlighting the main talking points, and turning that into a standalone article. This not only improves accessibility for your audience but also gives Google more text to crawl, improving your chances of showing up in search results.
2. The Art of Titling: Your episode titles are more important than you might think. They're the first thing potential listeners see, and it's your first chance to hook them with something compelling. Including relevant keywords in your episode title can boost your podcast SEO.
3. Keyword Research: Use keyword research tools like Google Trends and Ahrefs to understand what your audience is searching for. This can help you craft podcast topics that are relevant and interesting to your listeners.
4. Craft Detailed Show Notes: Show notes are a summarized version of what was talked about in the episode. Writing a minimum of 300 words gives search engines more data to crawl and rank, and it's beneficial for listeners who might refer back to things you talked about in the episode.
5. Leverage YouTube: YouTube is the world's second largest search engine. Uploading your podcast to YouTube, even if it's just the audio with a static image, can significantly increase your visibility.

Key Takeaways

• SEO is about enhancing the visibility of your content on the internet.
• Transcribing your podcast into a blog post gives Google more text to crawl.
• The title of your podcast episode plays a crucial role in attracting listeners.
• Keyword research can help you understand what your audience is interested in.
• Detailed show notes can improve your SEO and provide a reference for listeners.
• Uploading your podcast to YouTube can significantly increase your visibility.

Remember, the key to successful SEO is patience. It might take months or even years to see significant results, but if you're in the podcast game for the long run, these tips will help you increase your online visibility. For any questions, feel free to email us at info@thepodcasthaven.com or visit our website, thepodcasthaven.com.

Explore Our Podcast Archives:

• How To Make Money With The Amazon Influencer Program
• Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast
• Travis Brown: The Side Hustle King | Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy
• 5 Steps To Build An Engaging Podcast

Support The Podcast:

Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast. Your feedback not only helps us improve but also helps others discover the show.

Stay Connected:

The Podcast Haven

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

In this episode, I had the pleasure of hosting Craig Hewitt, the CEO, and founder of Castos. Craig is not just an entrepreneur but a third or fourth-generation business owner. His journey has taken him from Orlando to Nashville, San Diego, New Orleans, and even France. Now based in Providence, Rhode Island, Craig's story is a testament to the power of entrepreneurship and the importance of carving your own path.

Throughout our conversation, we delve into Craig's background and the creation of Castos. We also explore his entrepreneurial roots, dating back to his great-grandfather, and how this lineage has influenced his career path. In addition, we talk about how podcasters are using Castos to seamlessly create content, the future of Castos Original Content, the monetization of their blog, the company culture, and a new Castos feature called "Castos Commerce," which helps indie podcasters get paid.

Episode Highlights: * Craig shares his experiences growing up in Orlando and living in various cities worldwide. His travels have significantly influenced his identity and core values. * Craig comes from a long line of entrepreneurs. This family history has influenced not only his career path but also his perspective on work-life balance and the importance of making your own way. * The inception of Castos, a podcast hosting and analytics platform. He shares how he identified a gap in the market and used his entrepreneurial spirit to fill it. * We dive into the unique content produced by Castos Originals, the company's podcasting arm. Craig shares the vision behind this initiative and how it's creating unique, engaging content for listeners. * Together, we highlight the value of the Castos Blog, a resource hub for podcasters of all levels. He discusses how the blog is used to share industry insights, tips, and best practices. As well as how the money it makes pays for the company's annual retreat! * The launch of Castos Commerce, a new feature that allows podcasters to monetize their content directly through the platform. This feature empowers podcasters to generate revenue from their passion. * We talk about the role of technology in podcasting, from the importance of high-quality audio to the potential of AI in content creation. * Video first podcasts, and the necessity of being the face of your company and brand.

Explore Our Podcast Archives: * How To Make Money With The Amazon Influencer Program * Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast * Travis Brown: The Side Hustle King | Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy * 5 Steps To Build An Engaging Podcast

Support The Podcast: Show your appreciation and keep us energized! Please take a moment to rate and review the podcast at Rate This Podcast. Your feedback not only helps us improve but also helps others discover the show.

Connect with Craig Hewitt Castos

Craig on LinkedIn

Craigs Podcast Rogue Startups

Stay Connected with Clipped The Podcast Haven Instagram YouTube LinkedIn

View Details

Welcome to a special episode of Clipped as we celebrate our first anniversary! It's been an incredible journey, and we're grateful for your continued support and engagement.

Over the past year, we've strived to deliver top-notch podcast production tips, valuable resources, industry insights, and education to make every podcaster's life easier.

In this compilation episode, we're taking a trip down memory lane, revisiting some of the most downloaded episodes of the year. We've handpicked five insightful clips that offer wisdom and insights about podcasting. So, please sit back, relax, and dive into our first year's highlights.

Clip 1 - Strategies to Grow and Monetize Your Podcast ft. Kevin Chemidlin of "Grow The Show" - EP 48 * Kevin shares his insights on how to make your podcast truly unique. * He emphasizes the importance of finding a unique combination of who the show is for, what it does for those people, and how it does it. * This clip is a must-listen for anyone looking to stand out in the podcasting world.

Clip 2 - Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast - EP 33 * In this solo episode, Eric shares practical tips on how to monetize your podcast through online marketplaces. * He discusses platforms like AdvertiseCast, PodCorn, and Gumball, and how they can help podcasters start making money from their podcast. * This is a great listen for anyone looking to start monetizing their podcast.

Clip 3 - 5 Steps To Build An Engaging Podcast - EP 40 * Eric discusses the benefits of having a well-defined audience and finding that ideal listener. * He shares tips on how to develop a content plan and the importance of creating content that resonates with your audience. * This clip is packed with valuable advice for anyone looking to grow their podcast.

Clip 4 - Momento: The Future Of Marketing For Small Businesses | Content Repurposing, Podcasts, Videos, and AI - ft. David Salib, Co-Founder of Momento - EP 42 * David and Eric have an enlightening discussion about the features of Momento and how it can help podcasters reach their audience more effectively. * They discuss the importance of making your podcast discoverable and how Momento can assist in achieving this goal. * This clip is a goldmine of information for anyone looking to leverage technology to grow their podcast.

Clip 5 - Travis Brown: The Side Hustle King | Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy * Travis shares his insights on the importance of understanding your audience's habits. * He discusses how to use analytics to create content that resonates with your audience. * This clip is a must-listen for anyone looking to deepen their understanding of their audience.

And there you have it, a walk down memory lane with some of our most popular episodes from the past year. We hope you've enjoyed this compilation as much as we did. Here's to another year of great podcasting content! Until next time, keep listening, keep learning, and keep creating.

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: * Momento: The Future Of Marketing For Small Businesses * Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast * Travis Brown: The Side Hustle King | Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review: https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me: The Podcast Haven Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

Welcome to this week's episode where I break down some good podcast gear to invest in for both newbies and intermediate podcasters looking to improve their sound quality.

In this episode, I discuss affordable yet high-quality equipment options that you'll need to start a successful podcast. Whether you're feeling overwhelmed at the thought of setting up your podcast studio or looking to level up your existing one, this episode is for you.

While it's important to remember that content is king, having quality audio comes as a close second. As much as the right equipment matters, let it not stop you from creating amazing content.

It's not about getting the most expensive gear, but about understanding your needs, your budget, and choosing the right tools to create a podcast that sounds professional.

Episode Highlights: * Why quality audio is crucial for your podcast * The importance of a good microphone * Introduction to audio interfaces and handheld recorders * Options for recording solo or with multiple people * The importance of headphones * The best place to record high quality audio online * Easy ways to edit your podcast * Free audio production software options * Why you need to be hands free when you record

Equipment Discussed: Microphone Audio Technica ATR 2100x USB Microphone

• USB Microphone that offers good sound quality.
• Also comes with an XLR input for when you're ready to upgrade.
• Real-time monitoring via headphones
• Ideal for beginners and intermediate podcasters alike.

Audio Interface Focusrite Scarlett Series

• Ideal for boosting your microphone's sound.
• High quality preamps and digital conversion
• USB compatible

Handheld Recorder Zoom Pod Track P4

• A versatile recorder with 4 microphone inputs and 4 headphone outputs.
• Connects to a computer for recording remote and in-person conversations.
• Great for on-the-go recordings and multi-person setups.

Headphones Sony MDR 7506

• Over ear headphones
• Isolate ambient room tone
• Flat frequency response

Online Recording Platform Riverside.fm - Use Promo Code CLIPPED for 20% off

• Recording 4k video and high fidelity audio via your web browser
• Multi-track recording
• iOS app
• Text based audio editing
• Easily create video clips for social media

Free Audio Production Software Garageband

• Fully equipped production studio
• Free sound library
• Podcast production template
• Free sound library
• Virtual instruments

Audacity

• Multi-track editing
• Free on PC and MAC
• Supports up to 32 bit recording
• Professional audio production

Accessories Rode PSA1

• Microphone Boom Arm
• Swivels 360 degrees
• Clamps to desk
• Portable

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Investing in the right podcast gear will undoubtedly elevate your podcast's sound quality and the overall listening experience for your audience. However, remember that the heart and soul of any show is the content itself.

Strive for great content first, then let the right equipment serve to enhance and amplify your unique voice. So, roll up your sleeves and get ready to create your incredible podcasting journey. After all, sounding good on a budget is more achievable than you think!

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: * Momento: The Future Of Marketing For Small Businesses * Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast * Travis Brown: The Side Hustle King | Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review: https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me: The Podcast Haven Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off any Riverside membership plan.

In this episode, I speak with Ana Xavier. Ana Xavier, a native of Portugal and now residing in Dallas, Texas, is the dynamic force behind The Podcast Space, a platform committed to elevating the podcasting landscape for professionals and entrepreneurs.

She has over a decade of experience in podcasting, broadcasting, and digital marketing, Ana's unique superpower lies in assisting clients in identifying podcast ideas that enhance their business or professional objectives, build trust with their target audience, and prevent content creator fatigue.

Through The Podcast Space, Ana has successfully helped over 40 professionals and entrepreneurs launch and optimize their podcasts, with thousands more benefiting each month from her consulting services, online courses, and insightful episodes on the official podcast. In March 2022, The Podcast Space further expanded into the e-learning space with the "Maximize Your Podcast Content" self-paced course.

We discuss Ana's transition from producing to consulting, the importance of strong branding, overcoming imposter syndrome, trips for sharing your uniqueness on the mic, and much more. In addition, Ana provides practical tips to make your podcast stand out and shares insights on common mistakes and how to avoid them.

Ana’s energy is infectious. It definitely comes through in this episode. Stoked for you to hear it!

Episode Highlights:

• Reach out to your dream guests: Even if it sounds unrealistic, it may work
• The importance of building a strong network that you can rely on
• How working in customer service helped shape Ana into an effective podcast host and producer
• How to determine your risk tolerance
• Consistent, professional branding is key to standing out and gaining credibility. Ana advises investing in good branding and professional photos.
• Use available resources: Platforms like Canva can be used effectively for branding and creating content like intros and outros for your podcast.
• Honing your strengths: Emphasizing on your personal strengths helps in creating a unique brand that feels authentic.
• The impact of working with impact-driven initiatives on Ana’s career and her desire to help spread messages through podcasting.

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: * EP 38 - How To Earn Commission With The Amazon Influencer Program * EP 33 - Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast * EP 36 - How To Use Veed To Create Social Media Clips

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review: https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me: Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off any Riverside membership plan.

In this episode, we dive deep into the realm of video podcasting. We explore the benefits, drawbacks, and key considerations to help you decide if video podcasting aligns with your goals and resources. Remember, it's not about jumping on a trend; it's about making strategic decisions based on your unique circumstances.

Pros of Video Podcasting 1. Enhanced Visibility on YouTube: YouTube, being the world's second largest search engine, provides an opportunity to reach a new audience. It allows you to cater to the video lovers who might not have discovered your podcast otherwise. 2. Content Repurposing: Video podcasts can be repurposed into shorter clips for platforms like Instagram, TikTok, and YouTube shorts. This strategy extends the lifespan of your content and engages new audiences. 3. Brand Awareness: Sharing clips on social media platforms provides increased brand visibility and recognition, even if those consuming clips are not regular podcast listeners. 4. Live Streaming Opportunities: Live streaming can create a sense of community and foster real-time conversations. Recorded live streams can then be repurposed as podcast episodes. 5. Stronger Audience Connection: Seeing the host's face, studio, and overall vibe creates a stronger connection with the audience, reinforcing your brand with visual elements.

Cons of Video Podcasting 1. Increased Time and Expense: Video podcasting involves more moving parts like lighting, backgrounds, and camera costs, making it more time-consuming and expensive than audio podcasting. 2. Potential Deterrent for Guests: Some guests may not be comfortable appearing on camera, which could potentially limit your pool of interviewees. 3. On-Camera Comfort Level: Hosting a video podcast requires a certain level of comfort in front of the camera, which can take time to develop. It involves managing your notes, maintaining eye contact with the camera, and being aware of your body language. 4. Video Might Not Always Add Value: Depending on your audience, a video version of your podcast might not drive as much engagement or views as expected.

Episode Quotes Your podcast should be everywhere available. Think about crafting a podcasting strategy to get that extra traffic, followers, and subscribers, and cater to a whole different subset of people." - Eric Montgomery

"When an audience sees your face or your studio, your setup, your colors, your vibe, your look, your image, they're gonna feel a stronger connection to you than just audio." - Eric Montgomery

"I think it's essential to think about your podcasting goals, your audience, and the resources available to you. When deciding whether or not to incorporate video." - Eric Montgomery

Pros * Enhanced visibility on YouTube * Opportunities for content repurposing * Increased brand awareness through social media clips * Live streaming opportunities * Stronger connection with the audience

Cons * Increased time and expense for production * Potential deterrent for guests * Comfort level on camera * Video might not always add value

Despite the challenges, video podcasting can be a valuable addition to your strategy, depending on your goals, audience, and resources. Consider giving it a solid try and evaluate its impact on your brand and engagement.

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: * EP 38 - How To Earn Commission With The Amazon Influencer Program * EP 33 - Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast * EP 36 - How To Use Veed To Create Social Media Clips

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review: https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me: Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off any Riverside membership plan.

In this episode of Clipped, I'm speaking with Kevin Chemidlin of Grow The Show. Grow The Show is Kevin's podcast and podcast consulting agency that helps podcasters grow and monetize their shows. Kevin's podcast journey began in 2018 when he envisioned a podcast that would tell the stories of successful Philadelphians. He was inspired by the success of Warby Parker, founded at the University of Penn, and wanted to create a more cinematic and emotional podcast than a typical interview show. A short time later, he launched "Philly Who?". "Philly Who?" was a podcast that told the stories of Philadelphia's doers, thinkers, and performers.

Philly Who? Became a big success that Kevin was "accidentally" able to monetize. He eventually built it up to over 100k in revenue. Unfortunately, Covid hit in 2020, and Kevin was forced to shut down the show.

After some time passed, Kevin realized that he could use his skills, knowledge, and experience and teach other people how to start, grow and monetize podcasts. So, he developed a new podcast idea called Grow The Show, which he eventually built a consulting and coaching agency around.

Kevin is a wealth of info. Throughout this episode, you'll learn more about Kevin's experience with Philly Who? and what it was like to pivot and create Grow The Show. Can't wait for your to hear Kevin's story and the actionable tips that he provides in this episode. These are growth strategies that ACTUALLY work for growing a podcast. Give it listen!

Episode Highlights:

• When creating podcast intros, focus on what the listener will get out of the episode, not just what the episode is about.
• Pose a specific question for each episode and stay on topic to provide clear and valuable insights to your listeners.
• Every one of three episodes should be hyper-relevant to the listener, and the other two should still provide value to keep them interested and engaged.
• When seeking growth strategies for podcasts, prioritize retention over merely increasing listenership.
• The ideal episode length is around 25-30 minutes. Still, longer episodes can work if they're engaging and provide value to the listener.
• Focus on having a unique premise that combines who the show is for, what it does for those people specifically, and how it does it for those people specifically to create great content that keeps listeners coming back.

Listen To Some Older Episodes: * How To Make Money With The Amazon Influencer Program * Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast * Travis Brown: The Side Hustle King | Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy * 5 Steps To Build An Engaging Podcast

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review: https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me: Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off any Riverside membership plan.

In the world of podcasting, the term "producer" may be familiar to you, but what does a podcast producer actually do? A podcast producer is the behind-the-scenes multitasker who helps streamline your podcast production process and enhances the overall quality of your show. Think of them as your right-hand man or woman who assists you with all aspects related to your podcast.

Having a podcast producer on your team can save you time, lessen headaches, and allow you to focus on what you do best: creating great content. By delegating the behind-the-scenes work, you can hone your skills as a host and produce a better product, as you have more time to concentrate on the aspects of podcasting you enjoy and excel at.

A Podcast Producers Tasks:

• Pre-production and planning: Developing fresh ideas, planning episode formats, styles, and target demographics, and creating a roadmap for the show's content
• Scheduling and coordination: Organizing recording sessions, managing episode releases, and updating the production calendar
• Guest management: Researching potential guests, coordinating interview times, and ensuring smooth and engaging conversations during recording
• Script writing: Crafting engaging scripts with creative intros, outros, and questions for guests
• Technical support during recording sessions: Providing in-person or remote assistance to optimize sound quality and ease the process for the host and guest
• Audio editing and mixing: Depending on their skillset, a producer may handle basic to advanced audio editing, mixing, and incorporating music or ads
• Publishing episodes: Ensuring timely episode releases, writing SEO-focused show notes, and crafting engaging episode descriptions

With the help of a podcast producer, you can improve your podcast strategy and content, ultimately saving you time and allowing you to focus on what truly matters - creating a fantastic podcast experience for your audience.

Episode Quotes:

"A podcast producer is the behind-the-scenes multitasker who helps streamline your podcast production process and enhances the overall quality of your show." - Eric Montgomery

"By delegating the behind-the-scenes work, you can hone your skills as a host and produce a better product." - Eric Montgomery

"With the help of a podcast producer, you can improve your podcast strategy and content, ultimately saving you time and allowing you to focus on what truly matters - creating a fantastic podcast experience for your audience." - Eric Montgomery

The Best Places To Find and Hire A Podcast Producer:

• Radio Angeleno Email them to request access to the group
• The Podcast Manager Mastermind
• The Podcast Editors Club
• Resonate Recordings

Check Out Some Of My Articles On Podcasting:

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

• EP 38 - How To Earn Commission With The Amazon Influencer Program
• EP 33 - Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast
• EP 36 - How To Use Veed To Create Social Media Clips

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review:

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me:

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

In this episode, I’m covering how to use email marketing to grow your podcast. Jumping off, I am covering the importance of building an email list to establish a direct pipeline to your audience, bypassing third-party social media platforms that can limit your reach. I’m also discussing how to encourage sign-ups by providing exclusive content, freebies, or giveaways, and how to optimize your signup form.

You’ll discover the art of finding the perfect balance between promoting your offerings and delivering valuable insights, resources, and knowledge to your audience. Lastly, I’m hitting you with ways to foster deeper connections with your audience by sharing behind-the-scenes content and encouraging listener interaction.

Episode Highlights:

• Importance of an email list for podcasters
• Encouraging sign-ups with exclusive content and freebies
• Optimizing your signup form for maximum conversions
• Striking the right balance between promotional and valuable content
• Sharing behind-the-scenes content to deepen audience connection
• Encouraging listener interaction through questions and feedback
• Leveraging your email list to drive podcast growth and cross-promotion

Episode Quotes:

"As a podcaster, an email list holds a lot of importance for your podcast and your brand because it establishes a direct pipeline to your audience." - Eric Montgomery

"You don't want to bombard them with promotional emails. Instead, you wanna focus on delivering resources, delivering tips, education, some kind of value that educates, entertains and forms." - Eric Montgomery

"This is your place to really get creative and really build that community. These are your die-hards and I think nurturing them and interacting with them is only gonna help grow your podcast." - Eric Montgomery

Check Out Some Of My Articles:

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

• EP 38 - How To Earn Commission With The Amazon Influencer Program
• EP 33 - Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast
• EP 36 - How To Use Veed To Create Social Media Clips

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me:

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

What up Poddy People?! In today's episode, I'll be discussing two exciting new features that Spotify has recently launched: the question and answer feature and the polls feature. These two features are part of the revamped Spotify for Podcasters dashboard, a platform designed to provide valuable analytics, educational materials, and promotional resources to help you grow your podcast on Spotify. So, let's dive right in and explore these new additions!

Q&A Feature

First, let's talk about the question and answer (Q&A) feature. This handy tool allows you to engage with your audience by inviting them to answer questions that you prompt. To enable this feature, simply log in to your Spotify for Podcasters dashboard and navigate to the audience tab. Once you've turned on the Q&A feature, you can customize questions and monitor the responses you receive. This is an excellent way to connect with your audience and gain valuable insights on what they think of your episodes or any particular topic.

Here are some best practices for the Q&A feature:

• Be clear and specific with your prompt
• Encourage listener engagement using your social media channels
• Respond thoughtfully to questions
• Highlight your most popular episodes

Polls Feature

Next, let's discuss the polls feature. Similar to the Q&A feature, polls are an excellent way to gather feedback, opinions, and preferences from your listeners. To create a poll, follow the same steps as with the Q&A feature by logging in to your Spotify for Podcasters dashboard and navigating to the audience tab. Once you've turned on the polls feature, you can create a poll by entering a question and providing multiple-choice options.

Some best practices for polls include:

• Creating engaging and relevant questions
• Keeping choices simple and clear
• Using social media channels to promote your polls
• Sharing the results with your audience

Episode Highlights:

• Introduction to Spotify for Podcasters
• New Q&A feature on the dashboard
• Best practices for using the Q&A feature
• New polls feature on the dashboard
• Best practices for using the polls feature
• Engaging with your audience using the new features
• Analyzing the effectiveness of Q&A sessions and polls

These new features on the Spotify for Podcasters dashboard offer a fantastic opportunity for podcasters to engage with their audience and gather valuable feedback. By utilizing the Q&A and polls features, you can create a stronger connection with your listeners and continuously improve your podcast content based on their input. So, give them a try and start growing your podcast community on Spotify!

Resources:

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

• EP 38 - How To Earn Commission With The Amazon Influencer Program
• EP 33 - Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast
• EP 36 - How To Use Veed To Create Social Media Clips

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me:

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

What up with Poddy People? Welcome back to Clipped, the podcast where I bring you podcasting tips, resources, education, and industry insights to help you start, grow, and monetize your podcast.

In this episode, I'm taking a deep dive into the fascinating realm of artificial intelligence, with a particular focus on Chat GPT. Though you might be skeptical about the role of AI in your creative endeavors, it has the potential to significantly enhance your podcast production workflow, making it more streamlined, efficient, and impactful. By leveraging Chat GPT, you'll discover novel ways to optimize your content creation process and elevate the overall quality of your podcast.

In This Episode, You'll Learn:

1. Content Planning, Structuring, and Guest Research: Generate topic ideas, research guests, and get all the information you need in one place using Chat GPT.
2. Script Writing: Use Chat GPT to write intros, outros, and keep your content clear and concise.
3. Interview Questions: Generate unique interview questions and icebreakers that are authentic to your style.
4. Writing Show Notes: Use Chat GPT to quickly create show notes in a structured and SEO-friendly format.
5. Episode Promotion: Generate short-form content and highlights for social media platforms, blog posts, and YouTube descriptions.

Remember, the key to using Chat GPT effectively is providing clear and thorough prompts. Also, you want to be sure that Chat GPT comes up with writing that fits the vibe of your brand. Do you want your messaging to be serious? Or do you want it to be fun and witty? Make sure you tell Chat GPT what you want it to do.

For More Effective Chat GPT Prompts, Follow These Guidelines

1. Be specific and clear: Clearly define your requirements and expectations in the prompt. Specify the format, style, or any other particular elements you want in the response.
2. Start with context: Provide context about the subject or the task you need help with. This helps the AI understand the topic better and generate more relevant responses.
3. Keep it concise: Although providing context is essential, avoid overloading the prompt with unnecessary details. Keep it focused and to the point.
4. Use step-by-step instructions: For complex tasks, break down your request into smaller steps. This helps the AI understand the structure of the desired output.
5. Experiment with different phrasings: If the initial response isn't what you're looking for, try rephrasing the prompt or providing additional information to guide the AI.
6. Set a response format: If you need the output in a specific format, like a list or bullet points, mention it in the prompt.
7. Ask for multiple options or iterations: Requesting multiple examples or ideas can give you a broader range of options to choose from or combine into a final output.
8. Iterate and refine: Use the initial output as a starting point and continue refining the prompt or asking follow-up questions until you get the desired result.

So, how do you feel about AI in podcast production? Is it cheating, or is it a game-changer?

Resources:

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

• EP 38 - How To Earn Commission With The Amazon Influencer Program
• EP 33 - Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast
• EP 36 - How To Use Veed To Create Social Media Clips

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me:

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

This episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm. In fact, it was also recorded on Riverside. Use promo code CLIPPED for 20% off any Riverside membership plan.

In this episode, I dive into 10 reasons why niching down your podcast topic(s) can be a game-changer for long-term success, growth, and community building. By focusing on a specific topic, you can cater to the needs and interests of a dedicated audience, establish yourself as an authority, and create better monetization opportunities. Let's explore the benefits of niche podcasting and how it can help you thrive in your industry.

Episode Highlights:

1. Clear Target Audience

   • Better understanding of your audience's needs and interests.
   • Catering to a specific group of people.

   • Less Competition

   • Stand out in a big market.

   • Easier to establish authority and expertise.

   • Expertise and Authority

   • Develop in-depth knowledge in a specific area.

   • Attract more engaged and loyal listeners.

   • Easier Content Creation

   • Streamline content creation by focusing on a specific subject.

   • More topic ideas for your niche.

   • Better Monetization Opportunities

   • Attract a dedicated audience interested in the subject.

   • Appeal to sponsors and advertisers targeting specific demographics.

   • Networking and Collaboration

   • Connect with other influencers, experts, and enthusiasts in your niche.

   • Valuable opportunities for collaborations and guest appearances.

   • Loyalty

   • Foster a sense of loyalty among your listeners.

   • Keep your content focused and relevant to your audience.

   • Easier Searchability

   • Show up in search results for your specific topic.

   • Better for SEO and discoverability.

   • Faster Growth

   • Cater to a specific audience for faster growth.

   • Target market is more likely to share your content with like-minded individuals.

   • Passion and Sustainability

   • Choose a niche topic you're passionate about.

   • Stay motivated and enjoy creating content over the long term.

There’s nothing wrong with being a big fish in a small pond. Narrow your content, niche down and embrace the power that comes with it. It’s how you’ll be able to build a sustainable, thriving podcast.

Resources:

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

• EP 38 - How To Earn Commission With The Amazon Influencer Program
• EP 33 - Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast
• EP 36 - How To Use Veed To Create Social Media Clips

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me:

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

In this episode, I’m speaking with David Salib, the co-founder of Momento. We’re discussing the importance of utilizing shareable video content for podcast discovery and growth.

Momento is an all-in-one AI content marketing platform for video, audio, and text. Memento’s AI identifies shareable moments from your content based off of its transcript. Then, it produces engaging, shareable video clips. Momento also generates SEO optimized blog posts, social media captions, episode titles, and more. It’s truly a content generating powerhouse. The best part? As a user all you have to do is upload your content. You don’t need to be an expert editor or writer to generate assets. Momento’s AI handles everything.

Episode Summary

David explains that short and medium form video content is more effective for discovery on platforms like YouTube, while audio-only podcasts are still valuable for passive listening on-the-go. He also touches on the benefits of medium form content, such as blog posts and email newsletters, which can capture a viewer's attention for a few minutes and introduce them to a brand or podcast.David’s goal with Momento is to help creators reach their target audiences on the platforms they prefer to consume content on.

Chapters:

00:00:00 Introduction To David's Background And Tech Journey

00:03:11 David’s Childhood Dream Of Becoming A Programmer

00:07:40 Realizing The Bigger Problems With Podcasts: A Focus On Creators And Discovery

00:10:53 Building Momento: Solving Podcast Discovery

00:14:00 The Cost Of Podcasting: The Financial, and Time Resources Needed

00:15:43 Streamlining Video Production With Momento

00:19:24 The Value Of Medium Form Content For Brand Introduction And Podcast Growth

00:22:23 The Importance Of Written Content For Website Ranking And Traffic Growth

00:25:36 The Impressive Training Of AI In Language And Image Generation

00:29:07 Content Repurposing And Packaging: The Future Of Marketing For Small Businesses

00:31:42 The Role Of Video In Podcasting: Short And Medium Parts Of The Funnel Need Video, But Audio-only Podcasting Will Remain Popular.

00:33:39 Different Ways Of Consuming Podcasts: Video Vs Audio

Momento

• Momento's Website
• David - Co-Founder of Momento

Resources:

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

• EP 38 - How To Earn Commission With The Amazon Influencer Program
• EP 33 - Three Online Marketplaces To Find Sponsors and Monetize Your Podcast
• EP 36 - How To Use Veed To Create Social Media Clips

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review:

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

In this episode, I’m talking about pod.link and discussing why it’s a killer tool for sharing your podcast online.

Podlink is a universal link that allows podcasters to share their podcasts with their listeners on any platform of their choice.

Key Takeaways:

• Apple and Spotify are the most popular podcast listening platforms.
• Sharing a link to a podcast on one platform may discourage listeners who use a different platform from listening.
• Pod.link solves the problem of confusion by allowing listeners to select the platform of their choice.

How To Use pod.link:

To use pod.link, type the name of your show on the website, click on the desired episode, copy the unique link provided, and paste it wherever you want to share it.

Using Pod.Link allows for wider podcast reach and growth by allowing more listeners to access the podcast on their preferred platform.

Resources

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

• EP 30 - Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy ft. Travis Brown
• EP 22 - How To Monetize a Podcast With Amazon Affiliate Marketing
• EP 20 - How To License Podcast Music ft. Jonathan Lane

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

Creating an engaging podcast requires more than just hitting record and speaking your mind. It takes time, effort, and dedication to become someone that people want to listen to, and follow. In this episode, I’m breaking down my5 steps to build an engaging podcast.

An engaging podcast is one that connects with its listeners, offers them value, entertainment, and a sense of community. By focusing on these factors, podcast hosts can create content that keeps listeners coming back for more.

My 5 Steps To Build An Engaging Podcast

1. Define Your Niche and Audience
2. Develop A Content Plan
3. Properly Promote Your Podcast To Create Discoverability and Engagement
4. Interact With Your Audience
5. Have A Unique Point of View

Mentioned In This Episode

• Rev: https://rev.com
• Pod.Link: https://pod.link/
• Overcast: https://overcast.fm
• PodNews: https://podnews.net
• Podcast Business Journal: https://podcastbusinessjournal.com/

Resources

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

• EP 30 - Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy ft. Travis Brown
• EP 22 - How To Monetize a Podcast With Amazon Affiliate Marketing
• EP 20 - How To License Podcast Music ft. Jonathan Lane

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

Had a blast on Day 1 of Podcast Movement Evolutions. My biggest takeaway is the importance of community as podcasters. Connecting with like-minded people is one of the keys to growing a successful podcast.

Shout out to Rachel from Pod People, Zack, The Podcast Man, Ana, from The Podcast Space, and Arielle from Ear Buds Collective.

Pumped for day 2, but first, I'm going to take a nap

Resources

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

• EP 30 - Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy ft. Travis Brown
• EP 22 - How To Monetize a Podcast With Amazon Affiliate Marketing
• EP 20 - How To License Podcast Music ft. Jonathan Lane

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

Unlock the potential of monetizing your influence with the Amazon Influencer Program and boost your income! In this episode you will learn: 1. Discover how to monetize your influence through the Amazon Influencer Program. 2. Find out how you can qualify for the Amazon Influencer Program. 3. Learn how you can use your podcasting influence to make money on Amazon by recomending products.

Amazon Influencer Commission Rates

https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/help/node/topic/GRXPHT8U84RAYDXZ

Resources

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

• EP 30 - Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy ft. Travis Brown
• EP 22 - How To Monetize a Podcast With Amazon Affiliate Marketing
• EP 20 - How To License Podcast Music ft. Jonathan Lane

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

Nothing fancy from me this week, instead, I’m sharing my audio journey and the story of building The Podcast Haven.

I think stories are the key to great podcasts, and I hope you enjoy mine. By sharing my story I hope to become more relatable, and connect to all of you on a more personal level.

In addition, I want my story to serve as inspiration to those of you who are chasing something. Oddly, I feel like I’ve been chasing something my whole life. I’m not even sure what it is. Have I finally found it in podcasting? Probably not. But for now, I think this is where I’m meant to be at this point in my story.

Resources

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

• EP 30 - Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy ft. Travis Brown
• EP 22 - How To Monetize a Podcast With Amazon Affiliate Marketing
• haEP 20 - How To License Podcast Music ft. Jonathan Lane

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

Experience the power of video podcasting with Veed and reach new heights of brand awareness and organic growth.

Here's What I cover In This Episode:

1. Discover how to unlock the power of video podcasting with Veed, a web-based video production tool

2. Learn how to create professional-looking videos with minimal effort and get access to dozens of fonts, captions, and animations to customize your clips

3. Find out how Disney, Amazon, Netflix, and Google use Veed to repurpose content and

maximize their reach on social media

1. Learn why video is the first thing people see when they wake up in the morning

If you want to get people excited about your podcast and expand your organic reach, you may want to add a video component to your marketing strategy. With video, you can cut together clips and trickle them across your social media channels. If you haven’t noticed, a lot of the top podcasters have been using this strategy for a few years and it’s paid them dividends.

Travis Brown told me something a few months ago that stuck in my head. People don’t wake up in the morning and start searching Apple Podcasts and Spotify for podcasts they want to listen to that day. They wake up and start scrolling social media, and video is one of the first things they see in the morning. You want to be right there in front of them. Video really can grow the awareness of your podcast.

Creating video clips may sound intimidating, but Veed makes the process incredibly easy. Veed has a range of tools for customizing videos, such as adding SFX, music, graphics, captions, emoji,s and more. Veed even has awesome templates which can expedite your creative process.

Check Out Veed and Signup For a Free Account.

Resources

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

• EP 30 - Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy ft. Travis Brown
• EP 22 - How To Monetize a Podcast With Amazon Affiliate Marketing
• EP 20 - How To License Podcast Music ft. Jonathan Lane

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

Hate writing show notes? Me too. In this episode, I’m breaking down how I use Capsho to generate the show notes for Clipped. Capsho is an AI copywriting software for podcasters. To get started using it, simply upload your audio file. Then Capsho will get to work generating marketing copy for your podcast. Capsho’s AI only takes 10 minutes to start pumping out content for an episode.

Capsho’s Outputs

• Episode Titles
• Show Notes
• Transcriptions
• Social Media Captions
• Email Marketing Copy
• Blog Posts
• LinkedIn Articles
• Episode Quotes
• YouTube Descriptions

I mainly use Capsho to speed up my writing workflow and assist me in coming up with ideas for my show notes and episode titles. In addition, I also use Capsho’s transcriptions, email marketing copy, and blog posts.

Capsho Tips

It’s important to take the copy that’s generated and add your secret sauce to it. This is the case with any AI copywriting software. Do not copy-paste what Capsho generates for you. Google knows the difference between AI-generated copy and human-written copy. It could harm your podcast and website ranking if you copy things verbatim. Plus it won't sound natural, and won't sound like you. People listen to your podcast because they like YOU. Keep it that way.

Capsho is a tool. Take what it gives you and get to work personalizing it. Make edits, and put things in your own voice, vibe, and style. Additionally, check that the copy Capsho is generating is accurate.

With a little practice, you can start using Capsho to accelerate and improve your podcast marketing machine.

In This Episode, You Will Learn The Following

1. Discover how to turn your podcast episode into multiple pieces of written content with AI-powered copywriting tool, Capsho

2. The importance of adding your own voice to AI-generated copy

3. Find out how to create an email marketing campaign that generates a high click-through rate

Resources

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

• EP 30 - Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy ft. Travis Brown
• EP 22 - How To Monetize a Podcast With Amazon Affiliate Marketing
• EP 20 - How To License Podcast Music ft. Jonathan Lane

I’d Be Stoked If You Left Me A Rating And Review

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

Tom is the co-founder of Podcastpage, a platform that makes it easy for podcasters to create and customize their own websites. His mission is to help new podcasters navigate the intimidating world of website creation.

With Podcastpage, podcasters can build websites for their shows in just a few minutes. It’s honestly pretty incredible how quick and easy it is to import your show and begin customizing your site.

Podcastpage Features:

• Custom audio players
• Subscribe buttons
• Drag & drop page builder
• Listener comments
• Guest intake forms
• Voice recordings
• The ability to import reviews from Apple and Spotify
• Custom Domains
• Show notes, blog posts, and transcripts
• Social media integrations and automation
• Google Analytics integration
• Email marketing integration

While it’s not necessary to have a website for your podcast, it’s something I recommend. A podcast website can serve as a home base for your audience and boost the visibility of your show.

Some Reasons To Create a Website For Your Podcast:

• Community building
• SEO
• Growing an email list
• Creating sales funnels
• Analytical data on your listeners
• A place for long-form written content content
• Control over your IP
• More opportunities for monetization

Resources: * Best Podcast Equipment For 2023 * The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters * Best Podcast Headphones For 2023 * The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy: * EP 30 – Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy ft. Travis Brown * EP 22 – How To Monetize a Podcast With Amazon Affiliate Marketing * EP 20 – How To License Podcast Music ft. Jonathan Lane

Loved This Episode? Leave Us a Rating and Review: https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me: Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

As a podcastpage affiliate, I may earn a commission if you choose to sign up through my links.

View Details

Do you want to monetize your podcast? Have you been struggling to find the right platform and the right approach? With the rise of online marketplaces for podcasters it’s easier than ever to monetize your podcast. But with so many options available it can be hard to know where to start.

In this episode, I will be discussing three online marketplaces that match brands with podcasters, helping make the process of monetizing your podcast easier and more successful. I will also be discussing the different types of ads, CPM's, and revenue sharing that is typical in the podcast industry.

The Three Online Marketplaces I'm Covering In This Episode:

• Advertisecast
• Podcorn
• Gumball

Episode Highlights:

• Host read ads vs. Programmatic ads
• The difference between pre-rolls, mid-rolls, and post-rolls
• CPM meaning and negotiation
• Creative ways to integrate sponsors into podcast episodes
• The three online marketplaces that match podcasters with brands and how much they pay out

Resources:

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other episodes you'll enjoy:

• EP 30 - Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy ft. Travis Brown
• EP 22 - How To Monetize a Podcast With Amazon Affiliate Marketing
• EP 20 - How To License Podcast Music ft. Jonathan Lane

Loved this episode? Leave us a review and rating here:

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me:

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

As an Indie Podcaster, I regularly take a risk on paid advertising to grow this podcast, triggering a race-against-the-clock to beat the podcasting giants, uncover hidden opportunities and discover the best way to get in front of my ideal listeners. I think you should do the same. I’ve been experimenting with paid podcast advertising for the last 4 months, and my podcast downloads have grown by 65%. That’s actually why I recorded this episode. I want to see you get similar growth.

My goal with this is to show you how to increase the return on all the hard work you put into your podcast by showing you how to implement a paid podcast advertising strategy. Implementing a paid ad’s strategy is an essential addition to your podcast's overall marketing plan. At least in my opinion.

I get it, not everyone has the financial resources to invest in their podcast. I also understand that using a paid marketing strategy might be frowned upon in the industry. Fortunately, there are some inexpensive advertising options that I’m confident will grow your listenership. I cover these in this episode.

Oh, and don’t worry about being labeled a “sell out” for putting some money into advertising your podcast. It’s called marketing! If you want to grow your listenership then why not be open to seeing fast returns?

Don’t get me wrong, organic growth is best and it will reap dividends for you in the long run. I’m not against that. You definitely need to be pushing your podcast hard on social media, in your newsletter, blogs, and in all other ancillary content related to your podcast. But if you drop a few dollars into paid podcast advertising to pump up those efforts, you’ll have a better chance of cutting through the noise and getting your show in front of your ideal listener.

As my buddy Adam Schaeuble of Podcasting Business School says, “You’ve got to love your podcast like a hobby, but treat it like a business”. But hey, if you’re just having fun, I get that too! Just know this episode probably isn’t for you.

In this episode, you will learn the following:

1. How to use podcast advertising to grow your podcast and get in front of an ideal audience.
2. The pros and cons of Buzzsprout Ads, Overcast FM, Podcast Addict, Pocket Cast and PodNews for paid podcast advertising.
3. The impact of paid podcast advertising on downloads and subscribers.

My Most Popular Blog Posts:

• Best Podcast Equipment For 2023
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters
• Best Podcast Headphones For 2023
• The Complete Guide To Recording A Podcast With Riverside.fm

Other episodes you'll enjoy:

• EP 30 - Unlock The Power of Social Media Growth and Leverage Your Brand To Create a Winning Strategy ft. Travis Brown
• EP 22 - How To Monetize a Podcast With Amazon Affiliate Marketing
• EP 20 - How To License Podcast Music ft. Jonathan Lane

Loved this episode? Leave us a review and rating here:

https://ratethispodcast.com/clipped

Connect With Me:

Website

Instagram

YouTube

LinkedIn

View Details

Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Marc Ronick has the answer! With 16 years of experience in the podcasting world, Marc has seen it all. From winning awards and being on the forefront of the industry to creating groundbreaking live streaming channels, Marc has a wealth of knowledge when it comes to podcasting. Currently, he runs a podcast production agency called iRonick Media, and is co-host of a brand new podcast called Podcast Phd. In addition, Marc is also a podcast consultant and helps people start and grow podcasts.

We discuss how to come up with a clear concept for your podcast, how to hone in on your 'why', staying consistent, solo episodes vs. interview episodes, repurposing old content, how to grow your podcast audience, and much more.

In this episode you will learn:

1. How to understand and define your intentions and why you want to start a podcast 2. The importance of seting goals for your podcast 3. The amount of work it takes to produce a regular show 4. How to Identify your niche and target audience 5. Why brainstorming is necessary for coming up with new ideas 6. The importance of a consistent production schedule 7. That it's ok repurpose old content 8. How to use Clubhouse to connect with people 9. Why you have to engage with your listeners to grow your podcast 10. That adjusting your podcasting approach is a normal part of the podcasting process

Connect with Marc

• iRonick Media
• Podcast Phd
• Clubhouse
• Instagram

My Website

• https://thepodcasthaven.com

Give the show a rating/review * RateThisPodcast.com/clipped

Resources:

My Favorite Digital Audio Workstations https://thepodcasthaven.com/the-best-...

The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters https://thepodcasthaven.com/the-top-5...

My Top 10 Podcast Microphones https://thepodcasthaven.com/our-top-t...

The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022 https://thepodcasthaven.com/the-best-...

How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast https://thepodcasthaven.com/how-to-wr...

View Details

From behind the scenes to center stage, Travis Brown, the creator of Pod Decks, sets out to use the "lumpy envelope strategy" to gamify podcasting, only to find himself unexpectedly navigating the intimidating digital world of social media and surprising himself with the results. In this episode, you will learn the following: 1. How Pod Decks was accidentally created, and how it opened the door to new opportunities. 2. How to use social media to leverage a brand and help creators and business owners. 3. How To overcome the fear of being on camera 4. What advice Travis Brown has for service-based businesses looking to add a stream of revenue through a product. 5. The difference between posting growth content and sales content 6. Why giving your knowledge away for free will reap dividends down the line Travis's Companies * Pod Decks * Podcast Buddy * The Insta Bootcamp

Travis on Instagram

• https://www.instagram.com/travisbrown/?hl=en

Tired Of Nobody Giving a Sh*T About Your Podcast? Signup For My Email List To Learn How To Start Growing and Monetizing Your Show * The Podcast Haven Email List Signup

Loved this episode? Leave us a review and rating here: RateThisPodcast.com/clipped

Check Out My Blog Posts For More Podcasting Tips

• My Favorite Digital Audio Workstations https://thepodcasthaven.com/the-best-...
• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters https://thepodcasthaven.com/the-top-5...
• My Top 10 Podcast Microphones https://thepodcasthaven.com/our-top-t...
• The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022 https://thepodcasthaven.com/the-best-...
• How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast https://thepodcasthaven.com/how-to-wr...

Connect With Me * Instagram * YouTube * LinkedIn * Facebook

View Details

Are you ready to take the leap and book amazing podcast guests? In this episode, I’m outlining how I use Instagram to book podcast guests.

In my opinion, the best way to book podcast guests is through Instagram. Now, you don’t just want to slide into someone's DM’s and cold pitch your show. That COULD work, but, for the best results, you need to put in work on the front end and be personable. This means engaging with your potential podcast guest’s content and slowly building a relationship with them.

Once you’ve established a little bit of a rapport, you can DM them and formally introduce yourself. If they’re responsive and you’re feeling like they’d be a good guest, shoot your shoot and invite them on your podcast.

Here’s the special sauce:

Do your pitch via a voice recording. This adds your personality to the pitch and makes it feel a lot more personal. It also makes it easier for them to pick up on your vibe. Be sure to tell them about your audience and include a few talking points for what the interview would look like. This will help them decide if your audience is a good fit for their message.

Don’t make it weird, be yourself. Work on building a dialogue and reach out to people that genuinely align with your brand, audience, and message. This approach has worked great for me and I think it could work well for you. Give it a go.

In this episode, you will learn the following:

1. How to use Instagram to book podcast guests
2. The tips I use to build rapport with content creators
3. The importance of making your pitch personable

My Website

https://thepodcasthaven.com

Give the show a rating/review * RateThisPodcast.com/clipped

Resources:

My Favorite Digital Audio Workstations https://thepodcasthaven.com/the-best-...

The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters https://thepodcasthaven.com/the-top-5...

My Top 10 Podcast Microphones https://thepodcasthaven.com/our-top-t...

The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022 https://thepodcasthaven.com/the-best-...

How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast https://thepodcasthaven.com/how-to-wr...

View Details

Hope everyone has been enjoying the holidays. I hope you're taking some time to recharge, hang with friends and family, and tune out from work and your podcasting goals. You've gotta unplug sometimes so that when you plug back in you're ready to dominate.

I don't have a new episode for you this week, but, I did want to recap 5 great episodes from 2022. From learning how to record studio-quality audio remotely, to understanding the importance of wearing headphones when recording, to tips on how to monetize your podcast, this episode has all the information you need to help you get closer to achieving your podcasting goals in 2023.

• Episode 8 - Riverside.fm: How To Record Studio Quality Podcasts Remotely
• Episode 10 - The Top Six Digital Audio Workstations For Podcast Production
• Episode 21 - Why You Need To Wear Headphones When Recording a Podcast
• Episode 22 - How To Monetize a Podcast with Amazon Affiliate Marketing
• Episode 24 - Nick Nalbach: How To Launch a Podcast By Building Trust and Credibility with an Audience

Connect with me: Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thepodcasthaven/ Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/podcasthaven YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCKsVM2uDwpKkh0Fo-pi6Byw LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/eric-montgomery-69344a39/

View Details

In this episode, I’m covering how to get the best home recording by creating a makeshift studio in your home. I realize not everyone has the money or space to build out a professional podcast studio, so we’re going to work with what you got! Surprisingly, there are a ton of places in your home where you can get really good sound, and they won’t cost you anything.

My goal is to motivate you to create content and not worry about all the details, such as thinking you need a professional studio or vocal booth. These worries tend to hold people back from ever starting. Believe me, I’ve been producing podcasts for 7 years and JUST started this podcast a few months ago.

I’d love for you to try some of the tips in this episode. I hope they help you find a recording solution that sounds best for YOU. Oh, and make sure you’re using a dynamic microphone. Your recording will sound like caca regardless of where you record if you’re using a condenser microphone.

Episode Tips:

• Be aware of the time of day you’re recording and notice how much outside noise the mic is picking up
• Try recording in your closet, closets sound great!
• Record in your car, cars are quiet and have little to no reverb
• Early mornings or late nights are the quietest
• Avoid recording in rooms with hardwood floors
• Rooms with rugs and furniture absorb a lot of slapback and reverb
• If you travel a lot, build a pillow fort. It’ll act as a vocal booth
• Learn about your microphone, for podcasting you’re going to want to get really close to the mic capsule when you record.
• Wear headphones! You need to be able to hear what the microphone is hearing
• Only use dynamic mics
• Gik Acoustics has really cheap foam and acoustic panels

Some of My Articles You’ll Enjoy: * Unlock SEO and Discoverability with Podcast Show Notes * How To Launch a Podcast * Audio-Technica ATR2100x USB – A Love Letter * Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters * My Top 10 Podcast Microphones * How to Monetize A Podcast * The 5 Best Places To Get Royalty-Free Podcast Music Online

Connect with Me: * Instagram * LinkedIn * Facebook * YouTube * The Podcast Haven

View Details

This episode is about basic vs advanced editing and mixing for podcasts.

I define basic editing and mixing as simply cutting off the beginning and end of the recording to create a defined start and end point, as well as doing a basic mix to clean up the audio and enhance the voices.

To me, advanced editing and mixing is a more hands-on process that involves cleaning up mouth clicks, filler words, verbal ticks, false starts, removing background noise, adding in music, adjusting pacing, and performing content editing to shape a narrative.

In this episode, you will learn the following:

The importance of defining a start and end point for your episodes

How to use Descript to perform a basic edit and mix of your podcast

How to use "Studio Sound" by Descript

What advanced editing is, and whether or not its necessary for your podcasting goals

My Website

https://thepodcasthaven.com

Give the show a rating/review * RateThisPodcast.com/clipped

Resources:

My Favorite Digital Audio Workstations https://thepodcasthaven.com/the-best-...

The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters https://thepodcasthaven.com/the-top-5...

My Top 10 Podcast Microphones https://thepodcasthaven.com/our-top-t...

The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022 https://thepodcasthaven.com/the-best-...

How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast https://thepodcasthaven.com/how-to-wr...

Podcast Accessories I Love and Use:

Rode PSA1 Boom Arm - https://amzn.to/3Qgcotf

Sabrent USB 4 Port Hub - https://amzn.to/3BBMI6h

Manfrotto Pixi Mini Tripod - https://amzn.to/3QbqjkV

Monster Prolink XLR Cables - https://amzn.to/3By1mvn

View Details

The truth is, many podcasters don’t take the time to write Show Notes, but they’re missing out on a huge opportunity for increased Discoverability, boosted SEO, and a stronger connection with their audience. Show Notes are a great way to give listeners a home base to find more depth information about all your episodes, but how do you write them?

In this episode, I’ll cover why Show Notes are important, how to write them, and I’ll even provide you with a free template to help you get started. So if you’re looking for an easy way to increase your podcast’s discoverability and boost your SEO, then you’re in the right place. In this episode, you will learn the following: 1. How show notes can help boost a podcast's SEO and discoverability 2. What to include in show notes to make them effective 3. How to write show notes efficiently Resources: Leave Us A Rating and Review Wherever You Listen To Podcasts RateThisPodcast.com/clipped Other episodes you'll enjoy: https://availableon.com/clipped Connect with me: Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thepodcasthaven/ Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/podcasthaven YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCKsVM2uDwpKkh0Fo-pi6Byw LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/eric-montgomery-69344a39/ My Amazon Store https://www.amazon.com/shop/thepodcasthaven?ref=ac_inf_tb_vh

View Details

In this podcast episode, Nick Nalbach, a podcasting launch pro and founder of Nine-Five to Freedom, teaches us how to take control of our lives and journey to wealth and freedom by strategically crafting an effective podcast launch—eagerly building relationships and creating a powerful community along the way.

"When you realize that you can be in control, then you can make those decisions. If you're in a season of life where you're hustling or if you're in a season of life where you're kind of kicking back because you did hustle for so long and now you're kind of reaping the benefits of that." - Nick Nalbach

This is Nick Nalbach's story...

Nick Nalbach is originally from Wisconsin and had been working in project management, moving around to different cities until he and his family settled in West Virginia. Wanting to get a leg up in life, he read the book "Millionaire Fast Lane" and was inspired to pursue avenues of wealth that weren't focused on a 9-5 job. He was intrigued by the idea of having control over his life and financial stability. Pat Flynn, the host of "Smart Passive Income" helped him realize that he too could start a business. In 2020 Nick started the "Nine-Five Podcast" to share stories of people who went through the same process of transitioning to entrepreneurship.

In this episode, you will learn the following:
1. Discover how to gain control over your life and career
2. Learn about the power of passive income opportunities, and how to make the most of them.
3. Uncover the importance of living intentionally, and how to make the most of different seasons of life.

Connect with Nick:

Nine-Five To Freedom - https://ninefivetofreedom.com/

Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/ninefivefree/

Connect with me:Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thepodcasthaven/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/podcasthaven
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCKsVM2uDwpKkh0Fo-pi6Byw
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/eric-montgomery-69344a39/

View Details

In this episode, I'm covering my favorite podcast, accessories. In addition to a mic, to really pull off a good podcast, you've got to have a few accessories in my mind, and these things are going to help you with your workflow and just ease the overall production. You never know when you might need something, and having a few additional tools can definitely help you along your podcasting journey. 

Before we get started, it is Thanksgiving week and I want to say thank you. Thank you for listening to the podcast. Thank you for believing in me. My goal is to be a resource to you to help you with your podcast production. I encourage you all to think about what you're thankful for. I think so often we think about all the things we don't have in life, instead of focusing on what we do have. By focusing on gratitude we can shift our mindset, and start living in more abundance.

Some Of My Favorite Podcast Accessories * Rode PSA1 Boom Arm * Cloudlifter * Sabrent 4 Port USB Hub * Windscreen * Manfrotto Tripod * Lacie Hard drives

Connect with me:
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thepodcasthaven/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/podcasthaven
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCKsVM2uDwpKkh0Fo-pi6Byw
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/eric-montgomery-69344a39/

View Details

Affiliate Marketing with Amazon is a great way to make money with your podcast. I’m an Amazon Associate and I make money every month by promoting products in my show notes, blog posts, social media channels, and in my YouTube video descriptions. Believe me, If I can do it, YOU can do it.

In This Episode, You Will Learn The Following:

1. How to make money from your podcast through affiliate marketing with Amazon
2. How to get started with the Amazon Associates program
3. The Amazon Influencer Program - create an Amazon online store and get paid to promote products you love

What Is Affiliate Marketing

If you didn’t know, Affiliate Marketing is just selling other peoples products. You get a commission if someone buys a product from you. Amazon has a great program for this, it’s called Amazon Associates. It’s wildly popular amongst podcasters.

How It Works

You sign up for the program and share links to products related to your podcast/business. Amazon will provide you with a unique link that’s traced back to you. You can link to just about any product on Amazon. If someone purchases something through your link, you get a commission.

Where To Share Your Amazon Affiliate Links

Your podcast show notes, YouTube descriptions, blog posts, and social media accounts are all great places to promote products, and share your links. Your goal should be to drive as much traffic as you can to Amazon, via your links.

The key is to only promote products that you're passionate about, and that are relevant to your niche. That way, you're providing value to your listeners and you're more likely to make sales. I've found that the best way to get started is sharing links with friends and family.

How To Sign Up To Become an Amazon Associate

Go to https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/home

There you can read through the qualifications and learn about the program in more detail.

The Qualifications

To get approved for the program you need to be a content creator of some form. Amazon doesn’t say what the EXACT qualifications are, but, it’s my understanding that you need to be putting out content. As a podcaster, you shouldn’t have a problem getting approved. I don’t think you need to have a massive following. You just need to have SOME sort of audience and be consistently creating.

You also need to make 3 sales in your first 6 months in the program, or you’ll get dropped. This actually happened to me the first time I signed up a couple years ago. To avoid getting dropped, and to make your first 3 sales, I recommend sharing some links with friends and family. Ask them to purchase something from you. This should be an easy way to make sure you hit your sales goal.

Amazon Commission Structure

The Amazon commission structure ranges from 20% per sale, to 1% per sale. Each category of product pays a different commission. Here are the per category commission rates.

Amazon Influencer Program

https://www.amazon.com/shop/info

Once you’ve gained momentum as an Amazon Associate, you may want to sign up for the Influencer Program. Within the Influencer Program, content creators can create Amazon stores and promote products.

Amazon Influencer Store Features

• Promotional videos
• Shopping Lists
• The ability to go live on Amazon and sell products
• Functions like social media

Resources:

Leave Us A Rating and Review

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

• Episode 17 - 7 Ways To Monetize a Podcast Without Selling Ads
• Episode 10 - The Top 6 Digital Audio Workstations For Podcasters

My Articles:

The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters

My Top 10 Podcast Microphones

The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022

How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast

Connect with Me:

• Website
• Clipped Podcast
• LinkedIn
• Instagram
• Facebook
• Twitter
• YouTube

View Details

This week, I'm talking about why wearing headphones is important when podcasting, and how you can choose the right pair for your needs. I see podcasters who don’t wear headphones when recording, and it drives me NUTS. If you or your guest aren’t wearing headphones while recording, the episode is at risk of having a lot of audio issues. In addition, hosts who don’t wear headphones are missing out on the opportunity to improve their style, sound, and approach. You can’t fix what you can’t hear.

Reasons To Wear Headphones When Recording a Podcast

• You need to know how you sound on the microphone so you can make adjustments on the fly. Perhaps you’re too far from the mic and your voice sounds faint. Maybe you’re too close and you’re hearing distortion. You need to be able to adapt to this and make changes during a session.

• It’s important to know how your guest sounds, so you can have them adjust their positioning as needed.

• It’s possible there is ambient noise in your recording environment that you can’t quite hear without headphones. In my experience, the faint hum of an air conditioner, or the white noise of cars passing by outside, is WAY more noticeable when you’re wearing headphones. Ambient noise can ruin podcasts, but, you may not know these sounds are being picked up by your microphone if you don’t have headphones on.

• Without headphones, you can’t hear if you're popping your p’s or breathing loudly into the mic

• In a remote recording, if your guest doesn’t have headphones on, the conversation you're having will be playing back through their computer speakers. This will get picked up by their microphone and create a feedback loop, which is an echo-like effect. It ruins recordings and can’t really be removed from the audio file.

• Headphones give you the opportunity to get comfortable with your voice and tonality. Hearing yourself up close gives you a lot of internal feedback. If you can hear yourself loud and clear, you can practice making improvements in your style, adjust your tone, and ultimately play around until you like the way you sound. This will improve your podcast and improve your hosting ability.

My Favorite Pair of Headphones

Sony MDR7506 - This is an affiliate link

I wear these to record, edit and mix my podcast, and my client's podcasts. They’re super comfortable, do a great job at rejecting outside noise, sound excellent, and come with a ¼ headphone adapter, so you can plug them in anywhere. They produce crystal clear high frequencies, full-bodied in-your-face mid’s, and accurate bass.

Resources:

Are you having trouble getting your podcast off the ground? Then you need The Four Pillars of Podcasting. This ebook breaks down the entire podcasting process into four pillars: pre-production, production, post-production, and launch. By reading through it and mastering each pillar, you’ll be fully equipped with what it takes to launch a successful podcast. Be sure to grab your copy today!

Some Of My Articles I Think You’ll Like:

The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters

My Top 10 Podcast Microphones

The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022

How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast

Connect with Me:

• Website
• Clipped Podcast
• LinkedIn
• Instagram
• Facebook
• Twitter
• YouTube

If you guys have any podcast questions, shoot me an email at info@thepodcasthaven.com. I love connecting with you guys. Shoot me your podcasting idea/podcast name and I’ll give you some honest feedback.

View Details

Jonathan Lane is a music supervisor and the founder of Clearly Music. In this role, he licenses and places music in various podcasts and films. Some of his recent highlights include working on MGM’s Respect and House of Gucci, as well as Dear Media’s Back To The Beach, and Bone Mary Bury. In addition, he’s also Pod People's “go-to” music guy, for when they need to source music for podcasts.

In this interview, he discusses the role of music in podcasts and how the use of podcast music has evolved over time. He describes the difference between royalty-free music and music that is “free to use”. Jon explains how different music licenses work, as well as the importance of budgeting for music when creating a podcast.

Episode Highlights

• Royalty-Free vs music that’s actually free
• What is a music library?
• How to obtain a music license
• The role of a music supervisor in a podcast production
• Creating a music budget for a podcast
• Hiring a composer to create original music for a podcast
• The lack of education about the legalities of music in podcasts

Connect with Jonathan Lane

• jon@clearlymusicservicescom
• Cleary Music's Instagram

Rate and Review RateThisPodcast.com/clipped

Resources Are you having trouble getting your podcast off the ground? Then you need The Four Pillars of Podcasting. This ebook breaks down the entire podcasting process into four pillars: pre-production, production, post-production, and launch. By reading through it and mastering each pillar, you’ll be fully equipped with what it takes to launch a successful podcast. Be sure to grab your copy today!

My Podcasting Articles The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters

My Top 10 Podcast Microphones

The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022

How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast

Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy The Best Digital Recorder For Recording Podcasts

How To Record Studio Quality Podcasts Remotely

How To Edit a Podcast By Editing Text

Connect with Me * Website * Clipped Podcast * LinkedIn * Instagram * Facebook * Twitter * YouTube

If you guys have any podcast questions, shoot me an email at info@thepodcasthaven.com. I love connecting with you guys. Shoot me your podcasting idea/podcast name and I’ll give you some honest feedback.

View Details

Have you ever wondered how to connect your podcast microphone to your computer? If so, you’re not alone. At the simplest level, there are USB microphones, which plug right in. USB microphones sound pretty solid these days. But, if you’re a podcaster who's looking to level up their audio quality, you’re going to want to get an XLR microphone and an audio interface. In this episode, I'm breaking down my top 5 audio interfaces for podcasters.

Episode Highlights:

• What is an audio interface?
• What does an audio interface do?
• The improvement in sound from an audio interface vs. a USB mic
• How audio interfaces open up more options for microphone selection
• Using audio interfaces to multi-track record

My Top 5 Audio Interfaces for Podcasters:

• Focusrite Scarlett Series
• Presonus Revelator
• Zoom PodTrak P4
• Rodecaster Pro
• Apogee Duet 3

(the above links are affiliate links)

Resources:

Are you having trouble getting your podcast off the ground? Then you need The Four Pillars of Podcasting. This ebook breaks down the entire podcasting process into four pillars: pre-production, production, post-production, and launch. By reading through it and mastering each pillar, you’ll be fully equipped with what it takes to launch a successful podcast. Be sure to grab your copy today!

Some Of My Articles I Think You’ll Like:

The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters

My Top 10 Podcast Microphones

The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022

How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast

Connect with Me:

• Website
• Clipped Podcast
• LinkedIn
• Instagram
• Facebook
• Twitter
• YouTube

If you guys have any podcast questions, shoot me an email at info@thepodcasthaven.com. I love connecting with you guys. Shoot me your podcasting idea/podcast name and I’ll give you some honest feedback.

View Details

If you're thinking about starting a podcast, you've probably seen the Blue Yeti microphone recommended by a lot of Podcasters, YouTubers, and Influencers. But before you buy it, you should know that it's not really designed for podcasting, and honestly, it sounds like caca. There are much better options out there. In this episode, I'll tell you why the Blue Yeti sucks for podcasting.

Reasons The Blue Yeti Sucks For Podcasting

1. Adjustable polar pattern knob that's confusing for podcasters

2. It's a condenser microphone

3. Difficult to mount on a mic stand or boom arm

Resources

• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters
• My Top 10 Podcast Microphones
• The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022
• How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast

Rate This Podcast

https://RateThisPodcast.com/clipped

Connect with Me:

• Website
• LinkedIn
• Instagram
• Facebook
• Twitter
• YouTube

View Details

To monetize your podcast from ad sales your podcast needs to be pulling in 20k downloads per episode, in a 30 day period. Those are huge numbers that are difficult to reach. If your show doesn't have that kind of reach, it's unlikely brands and businesses are going to want to advertise on your podcast, because it's not worth their time. Their message wont reach enough ears. Fortunately, there are a variety of other ways to make money from your podcast. That’s what I’m going to be talking about in this episode. I’m giving you 7 ways to monetize your podcast without selling ads.

7 Ways To Monetize Your Podcast Without Selling Ads

1. Premium Content/Subscriptions
2. Affiliate Marketing
3. Consulting or Coaching
4. Online Courses
5. Selling Digital Products
6. Merchandise
7. Public Speaking

Resources

• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters
• My Top 10 Podcast Microphones
• The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022
• How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast

Connect with Me:

• Website
• LinkedIn
• Instagram
• Facebook
• Twitter
• YouTube

View Details

In this episode, I’m chatting with Dylan Schmidt, founder of Digital Podcaster and Content Clips. With Digital Podcaster, Dylan teaches clients how to harness the power of podcasting to grow and sustain an audience. He does this through 1 on 1 coaching, and consulting. Content Clips is a digital agency for busy entrepreneurs who want to multiply their message. Content Clips will take your existing video content and create engaging clips that attract and engage your audience.

Dylan hosts a podcast also called Digital Podcaster. If you’re looking to start a podcast, or grow an existing podcast, this show will teach you a ton. It consists of short, educational episodes, and guess what?... It’s completely repurposed.

Episode Highlights:

• How Dylan uses his marketing experience to help podcasters build an audience
• Expectations vs. Reality for new podcasters
• How to set podcasting goals
• When to start trying to monetize your podcast
• Repackaging your podcast into other types of content
• The importance of context when selecting what to repurpose
• Why the first couple seconds of a video clip are the most important
• Why Dylan loves Descript
• How each social media platform has its own style of content
• An hour long podcast can produce 7 clips to repurpose
• The importance of not overproducing videos

Connect with Dylan:

• Digital Podcaster Website
• Content Clips Website
• Instagram
• Facebook
• TikTok
• LinkedIn
• YouTube
• Pinterest
• Twitter

Connect with Me:

• Website
• LinkedIn
• Instagram
• Facebook
• Twitter
• YouTube

Resources:

• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters
• My Top 10 Podcast Microphones
• The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022
• How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast

View Details

In this episode I’m covering the importance of transcribing your podcast, and how it can boost an episode's SEO. I explain where to get your transcription done, different transcription options, and various transcription pricing structures. Also, I’ll be giving you the skinny on how to get additional pieces of content from an episode's transcript.

Episode Highlights:

• How transcription creates more accessibility
• How to repurpose transcription for blogs and social media
• Human generated transcripts vs A.I generated transcripts
• The best transcription providers for podcasts
• Transcribing episodes via your podcast host

Transcription Services Mentioned In The Episode

• Rev.com
• Otter.ai
• Scribie
• Descript

This post may contain affiliate links, and I may earn a commission if you choose to click on my links

Resources:

Are you having trouble getting your podcast off the ground? Then you need The Four Pillars of Podcasting. This ebook breaks down the entire podcasting process into four pillars: pre-production, production, post-production, and launch. By reading through it and mastering each pillar, you’ll be fully equipped with what it takes to launch a successful podcast. Be sure to grab your copy today!

Some Of My Articles I Think You’ll Like:

• The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters
• My Top 10 Podcast Microphones
• The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022
• How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast

Connect with Me:

• Website
• LinkedIn
• Instagram
• Facebook
• Twitter
• YouTube

If you guys have any podcast questions, shoot me an email at info@thepodcasthaven.com. I love connecting with you guys. Shoot me your podcasting idea/podcast name and I’ll give you some honest feedback.

View Details

In this week's episode, I’m giving you 7 online tools that will make it easier for you to produce and market a weekly podcast. The idea is that you systematically incorporate these tools into your weekly production to get more out of each episode, at a fast rate. Take a little time on the front end to customize and build out templates with these tools, and then you’ll have yourself a well-oiled, automated, podcast machine.

Tools Mentioned In The Episode

• Acuity
• Canva
• Headliner
• Buffer
• Mailchimp
• Rate This Podcast
• Available On

Episode Highlights:

• Acuity’s billing and appointment reminders
• Using Canva templates to streamline branding and save time
• How to use Headliner to promote your podcast on social media
• The importance of batch scheduling social media posts
• How to use rate this podcast to easily get more reviews
• Why using a SmartLink for your podcast will save your listeners a headache

Resources:

Are you having trouble getting your podcast off the ground? Then you need The Four Pillars of Podcasting. This ebook breaks down the entire podcasting process into four pillars: pre-production, production, post-production, and launch. By reading through it and mastering each pillar, you’ll be fully equipped with what it takes to launch a successful podcast. Be sure to grab your copy today!

Some Of My Articles I Think You’ll Like:

The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters

My Top 10 Podcast Microphones

The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022

How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast

Connect with Me:

• Website
• Clipped Podcast
• LinkedIn
• Instagram
• Facebook
• Twitter
• YouTube

If you guys have any podcast questions, shoot me an email at info@thepodcasthaven.com. I love connecting with you guys. Shoot me your podcasting idea/podcast name and I’ll give you some honest feedback.

View Details

Clipped is all about helping you launch, grow and monetize your podcast. So, on the show this week, I’m talking about how to use podcast intro's and outro's to hook in your listeners and build more engagement. I give you my game plan for creating great intro's and outro's, what kind of information they should contain, and why they’re so important. I also cover why keeping your intro and outro on the shorter side creates a better listening environment.

“If you can't get your intro across in 30 seconds, you need to rethink the way that you're opening the show and greeting people.” - Eric Montgomery

“Your podcast is a way to get listeners bought into your ecosystem where they're going to fall in love with you as a creator.” - Eric Montgomery

“Every show needs some kind of music.” - Eric Montgomery

Episode Highlights:

• Techniques to use to grab listeners' attention at the top of your show
• How to use FOMO to keep your audience engaged
• How your music choices are detrimental to your brands identity
• The importance of Calls to Action and Offers in your intro/outro
• How to use a cold open to wet your listener's appetite
• Ways an outro can round off your show and help people find you/your guests online

Resources:

Are you having trouble getting your podcast off the ground? Then you need The Four Pillars of Podcasting. This ebook breaks down the entire podcasting process into four pillars: pre-production, production, post-production, and launch. By reading through it and mastering each pillar, you’ll be fully equipped with what it takes to launch a successful podcast. Be sure to grab your copy today!

Some Of My Articles I Think You’ll Like:

The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters

My Top 10 Podcast Microphones

The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022

How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast

Connect with Me:

• Website
• Clipped Podcast
• LinkedIn
• Instagram
• Facebook
• Twitter
• YouTube

If you guys have any podcast questions, shoot me an email at info@thepodcasthaven.com. I love connecting with you guys. Shoot me your podcasting idea/podcast name and I’ll give you some honest feedback.

View Details

On the show this week, I share how to get featured on Apple Podcasts, whether your show is brand new or already has a following. I outline my lessons learned from submitting Clipped to Apple Podcasts and I outline what I plan to do next time to have a better chance of being featured. I’m also diving into how top-quality podcast artwork can encourage the Apple Podcast team to select your podcast for a feature.

Click below to submit your podcast for a feature on Apple Podcasts:

https://airtable.com/shrwaPEPlJn8EcE4h

“If you get featured by Apple podcasts, you're gonna have exponential growth for your show.” - Eric Montgomery

“Apple podcast editors routinely feature compelling shows to help listeners find new favorites.” - Eric Montgomery

“Apple podcasts currently is probably the most important place to gain notoriety for your podcast.” - Eric Montgomery

Episode Highlights:

• Why being featured on Apple Podcasts can help your show grow
• How to format your podcast artwork to appeal to the Apple team
• What kind of shows Apple Podcasts recommend
• How to structure your pitch
• Whether having a trailer will help your chances of being selected for promotion
• Why it’s essential to tag Apple Podcasts
• How to access personalized advice from Eric and Podcast Haven

Resources:

Are you having trouble getting your podcast off the ground? Then you need The Four Pillars of Podcasting ebook

This ebook breaks down the entire podcasting process into four pillars: pre-production, production, post-production, and launch. By reading through it and mastering each pillar, you’ll be fully equipped with what it takes to launch a successful podcast. Be sure to grab your copy today!

Connect with Eric Montgomery:

• The Four Pillars of Podcasting
• The Podcast Haven Website
• The Podcast Haven on Instagram
• The Podcast Haven on Facebook
• The Podcast Haven on Twitter
• The Podcast Haven on YouTube

View Details

This week on Clipped, I’m diving into the good, the bad, and the ugly of Descript. Mostly the good! Descript removes the technical aspect of podcast editing. It works via transcription. You upload your audio file and Descript transcribes it. To edit your audio you simply delete text from the transcript. Whatever words you cut, cuts that coinciding audio. Pretty cool! Editing is just the beginning. Descript is essentially a fully functional DAW. You can record, edit and mix with it. With Descript you can fix mistakes, add in music, eq dialogue, drop in SFX, and more.

My favorite thing about Descript is the “filler word removal tool”. Looking to clean up someone's speech and remove umm’s, ahh’s, and other mistakes? Simply type those words into the filler word removal tool, and BOOM, Descript will auto delete all instances of your chosen words. I also love the fact that it’s collaborative. Anyone on your team can make adjustments to the transcription at any time, and it updates in real-time. It features non-destructive editing, so, edits can always be reverted back to their original version if mistakes are made.

Don’t take it from me, try it out for yourself and see how Descript can double your production speed. If you want to check it out, use my affiliate link to sign up. It helps support the show.

Descript Highlights:

• Multitrack editing
• Audiogram creation
• Remote recording
• Filler word removal
• Live editing
• Overdub
• Mic bleed removal
• Noise reduction
• Eq and Compression
• Live collaboration and commenting

Resources:

Are you having trouble getting your podcast off the ground? Then you need The Four Pillars of Podcasting ebook. This ebook breaks down the entire podcasting process into four pillars: pre-production, production, post-production, and launch. By reading through it and mastering each pillar, you’ll be fully equipped with what it takes to launch a successful podcast. Be sure to grab your copy today!

If you guys have any podcast questions, shoot me an email at info@thepodcasthaven.com. I love connecting with you guys. Shoot me your podcasting idea/podcast name and I’ll give you some honest feedback.

Check out The Podcast Haven if you want to learn more about my podcast production company and the services we offer.

Some Of My Articles I Think You’ll Like: The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters

My Top 10 Podcast Microphones

The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022

How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast

Connect with Me:

• Website
• Clipped Podcast
• LinkedIn
• Instagram
• Facebook
• Twitter
• YouTube

View Details

This week on Clipped, I dive into what a Digital Audio Workstation (DAW) is and why it’s an essential part of editing your podcast. I cover the top six DAWs for podcasters and what I like about each one. In addition, I also highlight why it’s vital to put in the hard work necessary to learn how to use your DAW to its full potential.

“Regardless of where you record, you're going to have to learn a DAW.” - Eric Montgomery

“A DAW is where all the magic takes place.” - Eric Montgomery

“It's not so much the DAW that gets the results; it's really your ears. It's the months and years of training and learning about EQ and compression and microphone signals and dialing in the right sound.” - Eric Montgomery

Episode Highlights:

• How to get your podcast audio files into your DAW to start cutting together your episode
• The benefits of recording directly into your DAW
• Using audio processing tools, known as plugins, to manipulate the sound of your podcast
• Factors to consider before choosing a DAW
• My top DAW picks, who uses them, and why I recommend them
• The benefits of getting into the Adobe Ecosystem
• Why I prefer ProTools and how I use it
• The importance of putting in the time to understand how to use your DAW effectively

Resources Are you having trouble getting your podcast off the ground? Then you need The Four Pillars of Podcasting ebook. This ebook breaks down the entire podcasting process into four pillars: pre-production, production, post-production, and launch. By reading through it and mastering each pillar, you’ll be fully equipped with what it takes to launch a successful podcast. Be sure to grab your copy today!

If you guys have any podcast questions, shoot me an email at info@thepodcasthaven.com. I love connecting with you guys. Shoot me your podcasting idea/podcast name and I’ll give you some honest feedback.

Check out The Podcast Haven if you want to learn more about my podcast production company and the services we offer.

Some Other Articles You’ll Like: The Top 5 Audio Interfaces For Podcasters

My Top 10 Podcast Microphones

The Best Podcast Hosting Sites of 2022

How To Write Show Notes For Your Podcast

Connect with Me

• Website
• Clipped Podcast
• LinkedIn
• Instagram
• Facebook
• Twitter
• YouTube

View Details

This week on CLIPPED, I welcome Evan Phillips to share his journey from mountain climber and guide on Denali, Alaska, to gigging musician, then to podcast host and producer. Evan describes his podcast production setup and his personal philosophy behind the craft of editing and mixing audio. We finish off by discussing where Evan thinks the podcasting industry is headed, some of the podcasts Evan listens to and loves, and Evan’s exciting new project with the Anchorage Daily News.

Evan Phillips is an award-winning songwriter, composer, and podcast producer living in Anchorage, Alaska. During an audio career spanning 20 years, Evan has recorded and produced over 50 albums. Since 2016, he has immersed himself in the craft of podcasting, delving deeper into the sonic landscapes of storytelling, atmospheric music, and powerful sound design.

“My philosophy about recording and DAWs is that you should use whatever you're comfortable with.” - Evan Phillips

“We live in an era where because of technology if you've got some chops, some natural abilities as a creator, there's so much you can do now from a home studio.” - Evan Phillips

“I think the podcast industry is growing, I think it's going to continue to grow — it’s a way to share information and share storytelling..” - Evan Phillips

Episode Highlights:

• What it was like to work on Climbing Gold with Alex Honnold
• Why Reaper is Evan’s first choice of digital audio production tool
• What motivated Evan to learn to audio edit and produce his own music
• The learning curve involved with audio editing tools like Reaper
• The pros and cons of automated systems
• How technology has changed since Evan started recording 15 yrs ago
• How Evan got into podcasting via being the host of The Firm Line and why he took that passion project one step further and founded Pod Peak
• Evan’s advice for aspiring podcasters and some of the lessons he has learned during his journey
• Why you need to take time on the front end when you’re starting out as a podcaster

Connect with Evan Phillips:

• Podpeak Website
• Podpeak on Instagram
• Podpeak on Facebook
• Podpeak on YouTube

Connect with Eric Montgomery:

• The Four Pillars of Podcasting
• The Podcast Haven Website
• The Podcast Haven on Instagram
• The Podcast Haven on Facebook
• The Podcast Haven on Twitter
• The Podcast Haven on YouTube

View Details

Getting studio quality audio and video remotely used to require expensive equipment and a lot of technical knowledge. Today, it’s easier than ever with Riverside.fm. Gone are the days of the grainy videos and garbled audio files that Zoom produces. It’s time to ditch Zoom, and harness the power of a proffesional online recording studio, one that was built specifically for podcasters.

Riverside.fm is accessed through Google Chrome. It’s super easy to use and records HD video (up to 4K) and uncompressed audio files, remotely. The video looks great and the audio is crystal clear. Separate audio and video tracks are recorded for each person in the session, which is ideal for editing and mixing.

My Riverside affiliate link:

Riverside.fm

If you want to give Riverside a shot, and you sign up through my affiliate link, I’ll earn a small commission. This doesn’t cost you anything extra. It helps support me, and the little bit of dough I get from affiliate partners helps me keep the podcast alive.

Local Recording

Riverside uses what’s called “local recording”. During recording, Riverside continuously uploads everyone's video and audio to the riverside cloud. This means the quality of your recorded files, doesn’t depend on the strength of everyone's internet connection.

File Storage

Never lose your recordings. While recording, your files are automatically saved in real-time. If your computer crashes, it ain’t no problem. You pick up right where you left off, with nothing lost.

Other Features

Magic Editor:

Edit your video files from within Riverside. You can easily add your logo, choose your speaker layout and background, then export.

Clips By Riverside:

Quickly repurpose your long form content into social media snippets. There are 3 sizes available. 16:9 for YouTube and banners. 9:16 for Instagram stories and Tik Tok, and 1:1 for Instagram, Facebook, and LinkedIn posts.

Streaming:

Stream to YouTube, Facebook, LinkedIn and Twitch.

Transcription:

Automatically transcribe your files for blog posts, or pull quotes for social media.

“Riverside.fm is the easiest way to record podcasts and video and studio quality from anywhere in the world, all from your web browser.” - Eric Montgomery

“In Riverside you can create all the social media snippets that you want, and repurpose them for all your social channels.” - Eric Montgomery

“The main reason you should be using Riverside is for the fully remote HD video and full-fidelity audio. So gone are the days of shitty zoom recordings — with this, you're going get a professional sound.” - Eric Montgomery

Episode Highlights:

• Why Riverside.fm is the most effective way to record remotely
• Why Zoom is an outdated platform for podcasters
• How to achieve great audio and video quality with Riverside with minimal effort
• How to connect and record remotely with podcast guests via a simple link
• Local Recording technology and how it can ensure your audio never drops out
• How the Riverside.fm dashboard works for podcast guests, hosts, and producers
• Why the Riverside platform is a great choice for repurposing content on social media
• Details of Riverside’s pricing and offers

The Four Pillars of Podcasting ebook

Get it here - Looking to start a podcast, but feeling overwhelmed? I wrote this to teach you everything you need to know to start a podcast.

Connect with Eric Montgomery:

• The Podcast Haven Website
• The Podcast Haven on Instagram
• The Podcast Haven on Facebook
• The Podcast Haven on Twitter
• The Podcast Haven on YouTube

View Details

This week I’m recording using the Zoom H6 so you can get a feel for what it sounds like when paired with a dynamic microphone. The Zoom H6 is the quintessential podcast recorder and is used by top podcasters everywhere.

In this episode, I explore its features and break down why it’s such a great choice for podcasters who like to record via hardware, or with hands-on equipment, rather than recording digitally. I record both ways, BUT, pushing buttons and physically changing settings on a recorder makes me feel more connected to the recording process. Do you feel this way?

“The reason why you might want to use the Zoom H6 is if you're a podcaster that's intimidated by recording via the computer, and you'd like to be more hands-on.” - Eric Montgomery

“You can toss this thing in a backpack with your microphones and cables, and you've got access to a fully-functional podcast studio.” - Eric Montgomery

“There really is something about manually pushing the buttons and being able to dial in your settings with your hands.” - Eric Montgomery

Episode Highlights:

• Why you might prefer a digital recorder over recording with a computer
• Why working with your hands makes you feel more connected to the recording process
• Recording situations that the Zoom H6 is perfect for
• Why recording high fidelity audio is critical and how the Zoom H6 achieves great audio
• Why it's good to buy a device that has more inputs than you think you'll need
• When the Zoom H6 isn’t the right choice
• When to scale up to a larger SD card
• The importance of an external hard drive and why you always need to backup your recordings

Products Mentioned In this Episode:

• Zoom H6 - https://amzn.to/3QcZ2xV
• SanDisk SD Cards - https://amzn.to/3bmuStr
• Lacie Harddrive - https://amzn.to/3PU586I

Microphones That Pair Well With The Zoom H6

• Audio-Technica ATR2100x USB - https://amzn.to/3Qk5bIN
• Shure SM58 - https://amzn.to/3JFzurn
• Rode PodMic - https://amzn.to/3vzSNwf

Podcast Accessories I Love and Use:

• Rode PSA1 Boom Arm - https://amzn.to/3Qgcotf
• Sabrent USB 4 Port Hub - https://amzn.to/3BBMI6h
• Manfrotto Pixi Mini Tripod - https://amzn.to/3QbqjkV
• Monster Prolink XLR Cables - https://amzn.to/3By1mvn

I’m an Amazon Affiliate and by buying something through these links I earn a small commission. This is at no extra cost to you, and the little bit of cash I make, helps me keep the podcast alive and allows me to put out content

Connect with Eric Montgomery:

• The Four Pillars of Podcasting
• The Podcast Haven Website
• The Podcast Haven on Instagram
• The Podcast Haven on Facebook
• The Podcast Haven on Twitter
• The Podcast Haven on YouTube

View Details

In this episode I’m covering how to get the best home recording by creating a makeshift studio in your home. I realize not everyone has the money or space to build out a professional podcast studio, so we’re going to work with what you got! Surprisingly, there are a ton of places in your home where you can get a really good sound, and they won’t cost you anything.

My goal is to motivate you to create content and not worry about all the details, such as thinking you need a professional studio or vocal booth. These worries tend to hold people back from ever starting. Believe me, I’ve been producing podcasts for 7 years and JUST started this podcast a few months ago.

I’d love for you to try some of the tips in this episode. I hope they help you find a recording solution that sounds best for YOU. Oh, and make sure you’re using a dynamic microphone. Your recording will sound like caca regardless of where you record if you’re using a condenser microphone.

Resources For Choosing The Right Podcasting Microphone:

• https://thepodcasthaven.com/podcast-microphone-selection/
• https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-top-10-podcast-microphones/id1631074908?i=1000570574483

Episode Tips:

• Be aware of the time of day you’re recording and notice how much outside noise the mic is picking up
• Try recording in your closet, closets sound great!
• Record in your car, cars are quiet and have little to no reverb
• Early mornings or late nights are the quietest
• Avoid recording in rooms with hardwood floors
• Rooms with rugs and furniture absorb a lot of slapback and reverb
• If you travel a lot, build a pillow fort. It’ll act as a vocal booth
• Learn about your microphone, for podcasting you’re going to want to get really close to the mic capsule when you record.
• Wear headphones! You need to be able to hear what the microphone is hearing
• Only use dynamic mics
• Gik Acoustics has really cheap foam and acoustic panels

Connect with Eric Montgomery:

• The Four Pillars of Podcasting
• The Podcast Haven Website
• The Podcast Haven on Instagram
• The Podcast Haven on Facebook
• The Podcast Haven on Twitter
• The Podcast Haven on YouTube

View Details

Apple Podcasts is the biggest podcast directory on the planet. Some people may disagree with this and say that Spotify is the #1 directory, but the data I’ve seen points to Apple. With that being the case, it’s important to drive current and potential listeners to Apple Podcasts to listen to your show.

In this episode I’m going to be talking about some free tools that Apple Podcasts provides that will help you boost your content with custom social media assets and links. These tools can be found at https://tools.applemediaservices.com.

The Three Apple Marketing Tools Mentioned In This Episode

• The Social Post Generator
• Apple Podcast Media Players
• QR Codes

Episode Highlights:

• The importance of growing your Apple Podcasts downloads
• How trying new marketing tools and techniques could help you grow your show
• How to create social media assets with Apple Podcasts Marketing Tools
• Embedding Apple Media Players in your newsletter, website and blog
• Sharing your podcast via Apple’s QR code

Connect with Eric Montgomery:

• The Four Pillars of Podcasting
• The Podcast Haven Website
• The Podcast Haven on Instagram
• The Podcast Haven on Facebook
• The Podcast Haven on Twitter
• The Podcast Haven on YouTube

View Details

Choosing a podcast microphone is one of the biggest hurdles for new podcasters, so this week Eric shares his wisdom on picking the best mic for you. He discusses why he highly recommends dynamic microphones over condenser mics.

He also gets off his chest how he hates the Blue Yeti! Eric also dives into the situation surrounding where to position your mic and how close to it you need to be to get the best sound possible.

“As a podcaster, your sound is one of your biggest concerns. This concern can be your friend or your enemy. It's really what makes choosing a podcast mic so overwhelming at first.” - Eric Montgomery

“The good news is that nowadays, you can actually get a solid microphone without breaking the bank.” - Eric Montgomery

“When you're podcasting, you want the sound to be as isolated as possible. So no reverberation, no slapback — just your sound close up on the mic, that full, rich-bodied tone.” - Eric Montgomery

Episode Highlights:

• The difference between dynamic and condenser microphones
• Eric’s top 10 podcast mic recommendations, including price point and review
• Where to position your microphone and how far away you should be when you’re speaking into it
• The difference between USB and XLR microphones
• How to avoid picking up too much room noise when recording
• When you might want to upgrade to an audio interface
• How the size of a microphone's diaphragm impacts its sound

The Top Ten Microphones For Podcasting

• Shure SM58
• Shure SM7B
• Rode Podcaster
• Audio-Technica ATR2100x
• Heil Sound PR 40
• Rode PodMic
• Electro-Voice RE20
• Shure MV7 USB
• Rode NT-USB Mini USB Condenser Microphone
• Rode Procaster

The Podcast Haven is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a way for websites to earn advertising revenues by advertising and linking to Amazon.com

Connect with Eric Montgomery:

• The Four Pillars of Podcasting
• The Podcast Haven Website
• The Podcast Haven on Instagram
• The Podcast Haven on Facebook
• The Podcast Haven on Twitter
• The Podcast Haven on YouTube

View Details

This week, Eric will be talking about podcast show formats, and why it’s vital to keep some structure from episode to episode, so your audience knows what to expect. He explores the six main types of podcast formats and what kind of content they work best for. Eric also gives some examples of which topics match which formats, from educational to thought leadership, or comedy.

“It's almost like you're building this connection and your audiences expect a certain feeling or emotion or expects to learn something from you every episode.” - Eric Montgomery

“What's cool is that if you did gain some traction with a scripted podcast, the chances of turning that into a TV show are a lot greater.” - Eric Montgomery

“For the most part, you've got to stick to a format — you don't want to confuse your listeners.” - Eric Montgomery

Episode Highlights:

• How your show format helps build a connection with your audience
• What a roundtable format is, and when it works best
• How to use humor in your podcast
• Ways you could leverage a solocast format to attract listeners
• Why personality has a big part to play in your show format
• Why narrative or storytelling podcasts often take a lot of time, money, and staff
• What a scripted podcast is and how it could help aspiring scriptwriters

Connect with Eric Montgomery:

• The Four Pillars of Podcasting
• The Podcast Haven Website
• The Podcast Haven on Instagram
• The Podcast Haven on Facebook
• The Podcast Haven on Twitter
• The Podcast Haven on YouTube

View Details

This week Eric discusses why you need to put some serious time into picking the right name for your podcast. He shares the three categories of podcast names: Creative, Descriptive, and Real.

In addition, he gives examples of some great podcast names and highlights what you need to consider when choosing a name for your show. Also, Eric shares his advice on seeking feedback on your potential name choices.

“The name of your podcast has to be attention-grabbing and fit the style and the vibe of your brand.” - Eric Montgomery

“You're probably already feeling that your podcast is your baby. And as every parent knows, you've got to give your baby a name.” - Eric Montgomery

“Don't be too dry or too dull. Use a little bit of your imagination.” - Eric Montgomery

Episode Highlights:

• What to think about when finding the right name for your podcast
• How to find a unique name for your show
• Strategies you can use to hook listeners with a name
• Why you shouldn’t rush the naming of your podcast
• The three categories of podcast names and when to use them

Connect with Eric Montgomery:

• The Four Pillars of Podcasting
• The Podcast Haven Website
• The Podcast Haven on Instagram
• The Podcast Haven on Facebook
• The Podcast Haven on Twitter
• The Podcast Haven on YouTube

View Details

Clipped is designed to help you become a better, more efficient podcaster. In this first episode of the show, Eric is sharing his insights on how a podcast can help you grow your mission, build credibility in your industry and expand the reach of your network. He also shares his reason for starting this podcast. Hint, it has a lot to do with “walking the walk”. In addition, Eric breaks down the expectations for subsequent episodes of Clipped. The podcast will be covering podcast editing, production, gear resources, episode publishing, monetization, industry trends, and more! In the first episode, Eric gives you the low down on why you should stop thinking about it and just launch your podcast already!

Eric Montgomery is the founder and Chief Engineer at The Podcast Haven. His early audio work can be heard on The Food Network, Nickelodeon, CNN, The Hallmark Channel, Adult Swim, Comedy Central, and other major media networks. In 2016, he founded The Podcast Haven, a Full-Service Podcast Production Company that produces podcasts for businesses, brands and influencers. Since then, The Podcast Haven team has worked on thousands of episodes for companies such as, The LA Times, Nike, Stitcher, Wondery, Sony, Lionsgate, Carrot, Burn Bootcamp, and others.

“We're all on screens all day. And I think being able to kind of step away from that but still be engaged is a huge plus.” - Eric Montgomery

“The sooner you grow an audience and connect with people, the sooner that they're going to buy into your ecosystem.” - Eric Montgomery

“When you get on a podcast and start talking about something that you're an expert in, it automatically gives you credibility.” - Eric Montgomery

Episode Highlights:

• How a podcast can act as a lead magnet
• Why podcasting can help you connect and network in your niche
• Building relationships through podcasting
• What is so fantastic about audio content, and why it often has the advantage over video
• How podcasting can help position you as an expert in your field

Connect with Eric Montgomery:

• The Four Pillars of Podcasting
• The Podcast Haven Website
• The Podcast Haven on Instagram
• The Podcast Haven on Facebook
• The Podcast Haven on Twitter
• The Podcast Haven on YouTube

View Details

CLIPPED is a podcast about podcasting. My goal is to help you improve the sound of your podcast, speed up your production workflow, and help you grow and monetize your show.

I'm going to be hopping on the mic solo as well as sharing the booth with my podcast industry friends. If you've got questions about Pre-production, Production, Post-Production, or Launch, I've got you covered.

The more you put into your podcast, the more you get out of it. By listening to this show you're going to learn everything you need to know to thrive as a podcaster.

CLIPPED is brought to you by The Podcast Haven

Connect with The Podcast Haven:

• The Four Pillars of Podcasting
• The Podcast Haven Website
• The Podcast Haven on Instagram
• The Podcast Haven on Facebook
• The Podcast Haven on Twitter
• The Podcast Haven on YouTube